blob: ab11df2e98267e0c40b3cc09a738e4f6d9eed99f [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001//===- CodeGenPrepare.cpp - Prepare a function for code generation --------===//
2//
Chandler Carruth2946cd72019-01-19 08:50:56 +00003// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00006//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This pass munges the code in the input function to better prepare it for
Gordon Henriksen829046b2008-05-08 17:46:35 +000010// SelectionDAG-based code generation. This works around limitations in it's
11// basic-block-at-a-time approach. It should eventually be removed.
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000012//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000015#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
16#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000017#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000018#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
19#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000020#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
21#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000022#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +000023#include "llvm/Analysis/BlockFrequencyInfo.h"
24#include "llvm/Analysis/BranchProbabilityInfo.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000025#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000026#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +000027#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +000028#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +000029#include "llvm/Analysis/ProfileSummaryInfo.h"
Chandler Carruth62d42152015-01-15 02:16:27 +000030#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +000031#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetTransformInfo.h"
David Blaikie31b98d22018-06-04 21:23:21 +000032#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +000033#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +000034#include "llvm/CodeGen/Analysis.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000035#include "llvm/CodeGen/ISDOpcodes.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000036#include "llvm/CodeGen/SelectionDAGNodes.h"
David Blaikieb3bde2e2017-11-17 01:07:10 +000037#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetLowering.h"
Chandler Carruth6bda14b2017-06-06 11:49:48 +000038#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetPassConfig.h"
David Blaikieb3bde2e2017-11-17 01:07:10 +000039#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetSubtargetInfo.h"
Craig Topper2fa14362018-03-29 17:21:10 +000040#include "llvm/CodeGen/ValueTypes.h"
Nico Weber432a3882018-04-30 14:59:11 +000041#include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000042#include "llvm/IR/Argument.h"
43#include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
Chandler Carruth219b89b2014-03-04 11:01:28 +000045#include "llvm/IR/CallSite.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000046#include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000047#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
48#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
49#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
Chandler Carruth5ad5f152014-01-13 09:26:24 +000050#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000051#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
Chandler Carruth03eb0de2014-03-04 10:40:04 +000052#include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000053#include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h"
54#include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000055#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
56#include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000057#include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
58#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000059#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
60#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000061#include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
62#include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +000063#include "llvm/IR/MDBuilder.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000064#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
65#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
Chandler Carruth820a9082014-03-04 11:08:18 +000066#include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +000067#include "llvm/IR/Statepoint.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000068#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
69#include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
70#include "llvm/IR/User.h"
71#include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
Chandler Carruth4220e9c2014-03-04 11:17:44 +000072#include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h"
Chandler Carrutha4ea2692014-03-04 11:26:31 +000073#include "llvm/IR/ValueMap.h"
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000074#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000075#include "llvm/Support/BlockFrequency.h"
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +000076#include "llvm/Support/BranchProbability.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000077#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
Evan Cheng8b637b12010-08-17 01:34:49 +000078#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000079#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +000080#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000081#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
David Blaikie13e77db2018-03-23 23:58:25 +000082#include "llvm/Support/MachineValueType.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000083#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Chandler Carruthaafe0912012-06-29 12:38:19 +000084#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000085#include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"
86#include "llvm/Target/TargetOptions.h"
Chandler Carruthaafe0912012-06-29 12:38:19 +000087#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +000088#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BypassSlowDivision.h"
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +000089#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyLibCalls.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000090#include <algorithm>
91#include <cassert>
92#include <cstdint>
93#include <iterator>
94#include <limits>
95#include <memory>
96#include <utility>
97#include <vector>
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +000098
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000099using namespace llvm;
Chris Lattnerd616ef52008-11-25 04:42:10 +0000100using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000101
Chandler Carruth1b9dde02014-04-22 02:02:50 +0000102#define DEBUG_TYPE "codegenprepare"
103
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000104STATISTIC(NumBlocksElim, "Number of blocks eliminated");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000105STATISTIC(NumPHIsElim, "Number of trivial PHIs eliminated");
106STATISTIC(NumGEPsElim, "Number of GEPs converted to casts");
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000107STATISTIC(NumCmpUses, "Number of uses of Cmp expressions replaced with uses of "
108 "sunken Cmps");
109STATISTIC(NumCastUses, "Number of uses of Cast expressions replaced with uses "
110 "of sunken Casts");
111STATISTIC(NumMemoryInsts, "Number of memory instructions whose address "
112 "computations were sunk");
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000113STATISTIC(NumMemoryInstsPhiCreated,
114 "Number of phis created when address "
115 "computations were sunk to memory instructions");
116STATISTIC(NumMemoryInstsSelectCreated,
117 "Number of select created when address "
118 "computations were sunk to memory instructions");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000119STATISTIC(NumExtsMoved, "Number of [s|z]ext instructions combined with loads");
120STATISTIC(NumExtUses, "Number of uses of [s|z]ext instructions optimized");
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +0000121STATISTIC(NumAndsAdded,
122 "Number of and mask instructions added to form ext loads");
123STATISTIC(NumAndUses, "Number of uses of and mask instructions optimized");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000124STATISTIC(NumRetsDup, "Number of return instructions duplicated");
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +0000125STATISTIC(NumDbgValueMoved, "Number of debug value instructions moved");
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +0000126STATISTIC(NumSelectsExpanded, "Number of selects turned into branches");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +0000127STATISTIC(NumStoreExtractExposed, "Number of store(extractelement) exposed");
Jakob Stoklund Oleseneb12f492010-09-30 20:51:52 +0000128
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000129static cl::opt<bool> DisableBranchOpts(
130 "disable-cgp-branch-opts", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
131 cl::desc("Disable branch optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
132
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000133static cl::opt<bool>
134 DisableGCOpts("disable-cgp-gc-opts", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
135 cl::desc("Disable GC optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
136
Benjamin Kramer3d38c172012-05-06 14:25:16 +0000137static cl::opt<bool> DisableSelectToBranch(
138 "disable-cgp-select2branch", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
139 cl::desc("Disable select to branch conversion."));
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +0000140
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +0000141static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkUsingGEPs(
Eli Friedman5fba1e52017-04-06 22:42:18 +0000142 "addr-sink-using-gep", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +0000143 cl::desc("Address sinking in CGP using GEPs."));
144
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +0000145static cl::opt<bool> EnableAndCmpSinking(
146 "enable-andcmp-sinking", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
147 cl::desc("Enable sinkinig and/cmp into branches."));
148
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +0000149static cl::opt<bool> DisableStoreExtract(
150 "disable-cgp-store-extract", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
151 cl::desc("Disable store(extract) optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
152
153static cl::opt<bool> StressStoreExtract(
154 "stress-cgp-store-extract", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
155 cl::desc("Stress test store(extract) optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
156
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +0000157static cl::opt<bool> DisableExtLdPromotion(
158 "disable-cgp-ext-ld-promotion", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
159 cl::desc("Disable ext(promotable(ld)) -> promoted(ext(ld)) optimization in "
160 "CodeGenPrepare"));
161
162static cl::opt<bool> StressExtLdPromotion(
163 "stress-cgp-ext-ld-promotion", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
164 cl::desc("Stress test ext(promotable(ld)) -> promoted(ext(ld)) "
165 "optimization in CodeGenPrepare"));
166
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000167static cl::opt<bool> DisablePreheaderProtect(
168 "disable-preheader-prot", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
169 cl::desc("Disable protection against removing loop preheaders"));
170
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000171static cl::opt<bool> ProfileGuidedSectionPrefix(
David Callahan5960d9b12017-06-14 20:35:33 +0000172 "profile-guided-section-prefix", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true), cl::ZeroOrMore,
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000173 cl::desc("Use profile info to add section prefix for hot/cold functions"));
174
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000175static cl::opt<unsigned> FreqRatioToSkipMerge(
176 "cgp-freq-ratio-to-skip-merge", cl::Hidden, cl::init(2),
177 cl::desc("Skip merging empty blocks if (frequency of empty block) / "
178 "(frequency of destination block) is greater than this ratio"));
179
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +0000180static cl::opt<bool> ForceSplitStore(
181 "force-split-store", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
182 cl::desc("Force store splitting no matter what the target query says."));
183
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000184static cl::opt<bool>
185EnableTypePromotionMerge("cgp-type-promotion-merge", cl::Hidden,
186 cl::desc("Enable merging of redundant sexts when one is dominating"
187 " the other."), cl::init(true));
188
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000189static cl::opt<bool> DisableComplexAddrModes(
Serguei Katkovd4df7442017-11-29 09:48:50 +0000190 "disable-complex-addr-modes", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000191 cl::desc("Disables combining addressing modes with different parts "
192 "in optimizeMemoryInst."));
193
194static cl::opt<bool>
195AddrSinkNewPhis("addr-sink-new-phis", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
196 cl::desc("Allow creation of Phis in Address sinking."));
197
198static cl::opt<bool>
Serguei Katkov9fe05242018-01-26 06:26:56 +0000199AddrSinkNewSelects("addr-sink-new-select", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000200 cl::desc("Allow creation of selects in Address sinking."));
201
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +0000202static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineBaseReg(
203 "addr-sink-combine-base-reg", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
204 cl::desc("Allow combining of BaseReg field in Address sinking."));
205
206static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineBaseGV(
207 "addr-sink-combine-base-gv", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
208 cl::desc("Allow combining of BaseGV field in Address sinking."));
209
210static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineBaseOffs(
211 "addr-sink-combine-base-offs", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
212 cl::desc("Allow combining of BaseOffs field in Address sinking."));
213
214static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineScaledReg(
215 "addr-sink-combine-scaled-reg", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
216 cl::desc("Allow combining of ScaledReg field in Address sinking."));
217
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000218static cl::opt<bool>
219 EnableGEPOffsetSplit("cgp-split-large-offset-gep", cl::Hidden,
220 cl::init(true),
221 cl::desc("Enable splitting large offset of GEP."));
222
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000223namespace {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000224
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +0000225enum ExtType {
226 ZeroExtension, // Zero extension has been seen.
227 SignExtension, // Sign extension has been seen.
228 BothExtension // This extension type is used if we saw sext after
229 // ZeroExtension had been set, or if we saw zext after
230 // SignExtension had been set. It makes the type
231 // information of a promoted instruction invalid.
232};
233
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000234using SetOfInstrs = SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16>;
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +0000235using TypeIsSExt = PointerIntPair<Type *, 2, ExtType>;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000236using InstrToOrigTy = DenseMap<Instruction *, TypeIsSExt>;
237using SExts = SmallVector<Instruction *, 16>;
238using ValueToSExts = DenseMap<Value *, SExts>;
239
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +0000240class TypePromotionTransaction;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000241
Chris Lattner2dd09db2009-09-02 06:11:42 +0000242 class CodeGenPrepare : public FunctionPass {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000243 const TargetMachine *TM = nullptr;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +0000244 const TargetSubtargetInfo *SubtargetInfo;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000245 const TargetLowering *TLI = nullptr;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +0000246 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000247 const TargetTransformInfo *TTI = nullptr;
Chad Rosierc24b86f2011-12-01 03:08:23 +0000248 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLInfo;
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000249 const LoopInfo *LI;
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000250 std::unique_ptr<BlockFrequencyInfo> BFI;
251 std::unique_ptr<BranchProbabilityInfo> BPI;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000252
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000253 /// As we scan instructions optimizing them, this is the next instruction
254 /// to optimize. Transforms that can invalidate this should update it.
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +0000255 BasicBlock::iterator CurInstIterator;
Evan Cheng3b3de7c2008-12-19 18:03:11 +0000256
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000257 /// Keeps track of non-local addresses that have been sunk into a block.
258 /// This allows us to avoid inserting duplicate code for blocks with
Simon Dardis230f4532017-11-24 16:45:28 +0000259 /// multiple load/stores of the same address. The usage of WeakTrackingVH
260 /// enables SunkAddrs to be treated as a cache whose entries can be
261 /// invalidated if a sunken address computation has been erased.
262 ValueMap<Value*, WeakTrackingVH> SunkAddrs;
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +0000263
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +0000264 /// Keeps track of all instructions inserted for the current function.
265 SetOfInstrs InsertedInsts;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000266
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000267 /// Keeps track of the type of the related instruction before their
268 /// promotion for the current function.
269 InstrToOrigTy PromotedInsts;
270
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000271 /// Keep track of instructions removed during promotion.
272 SetOfInstrs RemovedInsts;
273
274 /// Keep track of sext chains based on their initial value.
275 DenseMap<Value *, Instruction *> SeenChainsForSExt;
276
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000277 /// Keep track of GEPs accessing the same data structures such as structs or
278 /// arrays that are candidates to be split later because of their large
279 /// size.
David Greene27e87c2018-09-12 10:19:10 +0000280 MapVector<
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000281 AssertingVH<Value>,
282 SmallVector<std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t>, 32>>
283 LargeOffsetGEPMap;
284
285 /// Keep track of new GEP base after splitting the GEPs having large offset.
286 SmallSet<AssertingVH<Value>, 2> NewGEPBases;
287
288 /// Map serial numbers to Large offset GEPs.
289 DenseMap<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int> LargeOffsetGEPID;
290
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000291 /// Keep track of SExt promoted.
292 ValueToSExts ValToSExtendedUses;
293
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000294 /// True if CFG is modified in any way.
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +0000295 bool ModifiedDT;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000296
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000297 /// True if optimizing for size.
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +0000298 bool OptSize;
299
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000300 /// DataLayout for the Function being processed.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000301 const DataLayout *DL = nullptr;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000302
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000303 public:
Nick Lewyckye7da2d62007-05-06 13:37:16 +0000304 static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000305
306 CodeGenPrepare() : FunctionPass(ID) {
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000307 initializeCodeGenPreparePass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
308 }
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000309
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +0000310 bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000311
Mehdi Amini117296c2016-10-01 02:56:57 +0000312 StringRef getPassName() const override { return "CodeGen Prepare"; }
Evan Cheng99cafb12012-12-21 01:48:14 +0000313
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +0000314 void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
George Burgess IVd4febd12016-03-22 21:25:08 +0000315 // FIXME: When we can selectively preserve passes, preserve the domtree.
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000316 AU.addRequired<ProfileSummaryInfoWrapperPass>();
Chandler Carruthb98f63d2015-01-15 10:41:28 +0000317 AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
Chandler Carruth705b1852015-01-31 03:43:40 +0000318 AU.addRequired<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>();
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000319 AU.addRequired<LoopInfoWrapperPass>();
Andreas Neustifterf8cb7582009-09-16 09:26:52 +0000320 }
321
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000322 private:
James Y Knight72f76bf2018-11-07 15:24:12 +0000323 template <typename F>
324 void resetIteratorIfInvalidatedWhileCalling(BasicBlock *BB, F f) {
325 // Substituting can cause recursive simplifications, which can invalidate
326 // our iterator. Use a WeakTrackingVH to hold onto it in case this
327 // happens.
328 Value *CurValue = &*CurInstIterator;
329 WeakTrackingVH IterHandle(CurValue);
330
331 f();
332
333 // If the iterator instruction was recursively deleted, start over at the
334 // start of the block.
335 if (IterHandle != CurValue) {
336 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
337 SunkAddrs.clear();
338 }
339 }
340
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000341 bool eliminateFallThrough(Function &F);
342 bool eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(Function &F);
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000343 BasicBlock *findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000344 bool canMergeBlocks(const BasicBlock *BB, const BasicBlock *DestBB) const;
345 void eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB);
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000346 bool isMergingEmptyBlockProfitable(BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *DestBB,
347 bool isPreheader);
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +0000348 bool optimizeBlock(BasicBlock &BB, DominatorTree &DT, bool &ModifiedDT);
349 bool optimizeInst(Instruction *I, DominatorTree &DT, bool &ModifiedDT);
Fangrui Songcb0bab82018-07-16 18:51:40 +0000350 bool optimizeMemoryInst(Instruction *MemoryInst, Value *Addr,
351 Type *AccessTy, unsigned AddrSpace);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000352 bool optimizeInlineAsmInst(CallInst *CS);
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +0000353 bool optimizeCallInst(CallInst *CI, bool &ModifiedDT);
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000354 bool optimizeExt(Instruction *&I);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000355 bool optimizeExtUses(Instruction *I);
Fangrui Songcb0bab82018-07-16 18:51:40 +0000356 bool optimizeLoadExt(LoadInst *Load);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000357 bool optimizeSelectInst(SelectInst *SI);
Fangrui Songcb0bab82018-07-16 18:51:40 +0000358 bool optimizeShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI);
359 bool optimizeSwitchInst(SwitchInst *SI);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000360 bool optimizeExtractElementInst(Instruction *Inst);
361 bool dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(BasicBlock *BB);
362 bool placeDbgValues(Function &F);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +0000363 bool canFormExtLd(const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &MovedExts,
364 LoadInst *&LI, Instruction *&Inst, bool HasPromoted);
365 bool tryToPromoteExts(TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
366 const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Exts,
367 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &ProfitablyMovedExts,
368 unsigned CreatedInstsCost = 0);
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +0000369 bool mergeSExts(Function &F, DominatorTree &DT);
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000370 bool splitLargeGEPOffsets();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000371 bool performAddressTypePromotion(
372 Instruction *&Inst,
373 bool AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader,
374 bool HasPromoted, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
375 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &SpeculativelyMovedExts);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +0000376 bool splitBranchCondition(Function &F);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000377 bool simplifyOffsetableRelocate(Instruction &I);
Florian Hahn3b251962019-02-05 10:27:40 +0000378
379 bool tryToSinkFreeOperands(Instruction *I);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000380 };
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000381
382} // end anonymous namespace
Devang Patel09f162c2007-05-01 21:15:47 +0000383
Devang Patel8c78a0b2007-05-03 01:11:54 +0000384char CodeGenPrepare::ID = 0;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000385
Matthias Braun1527baa2017-05-25 21:26:32 +0000386INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(CodeGenPrepare, DEBUG_TYPE,
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000387 "Optimize for code generation", false, false)
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000388INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(ProfileSummaryInfoWrapperPass)
Matthias Braun1527baa2017-05-25 21:26:32 +0000389INITIALIZE_PASS_END(CodeGenPrepare, DEBUG_TYPE,
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000390 "Optimize for code generation", false, false)
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000391
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000392FunctionPass *llvm::createCodeGenPreparePass() { return new CodeGenPrepare(); }
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000393
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000394bool CodeGenPrepare::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Andrew Kayloraa641a52016-04-22 22:06:11 +0000395 if (skipFunction(F))
Paul Robinson7c99ec52014-03-31 17:43:35 +0000396 return false;
397
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000398 DL = &F.getParent()->getDataLayout();
399
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000400 bool EverMadeChange = false;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000401 // Clear per function information.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +0000402 InsertedInsts.clear();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000403 PromotedInsts.clear();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000404
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +0000405 ModifiedDT = false;
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000406 if (auto *TPC = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetPassConfig>()) {
407 TM = &TPC->getTM<TargetMachine>();
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +0000408 SubtargetInfo = TM->getSubtargetImpl(F);
409 TLI = SubtargetInfo->getTargetLowering();
410 TRI = SubtargetInfo->getRegisterInfo();
411 }
Chandler Carruthb98f63d2015-01-15 10:41:28 +0000412 TLInfo = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
Chandler Carruthfdb9c572015-02-01 12:01:35 +0000413 TTI = &getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>().getTTI(F);
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000414 LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo();
Teresa Johnsona4ce3bf2017-12-20 17:53:10 +0000415 BPI.reset(new BranchProbabilityInfo(F, *LI));
416 BFI.reset(new BlockFrequencyInfo(F, *BPI, *LI));
Sanjay Patel82d91dd2015-08-11 19:39:36 +0000417 OptSize = F.optForSize();
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000418
Easwaran Raman0d55b552017-11-14 19:31:51 +0000419 ProfileSummaryInfo *PSI =
Vedant Kumare7b789b2018-11-19 05:23:16 +0000420 &getAnalysis<ProfileSummaryInfoWrapperPass>().getPSI();
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000421 if (ProfileGuidedSectionPrefix) {
Teresa Johnsona4ce3bf2017-12-20 17:53:10 +0000422 if (PSI->isFunctionHotInCallGraph(&F, *BFI))
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000423 F.setSectionPrefix(".hot");
Teresa Johnsona4ce3bf2017-12-20 17:53:10 +0000424 else if (PSI->isFunctionColdInCallGraph(&F, *BFI))
Teresa Johnson720d9b42017-05-09 01:43:24 +0000425 F.setSectionPrefix(".unlikely");
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000426 }
427
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +0000428 /// This optimization identifies DIV instructions that can be
429 /// profitably bypassed and carried out with a shorter, faster divide.
Easwaran Raman0d55b552017-11-14 19:31:51 +0000430 if (!OptSize && !PSI->hasHugeWorkingSetSize() && TLI &&
431 TLI->isSlowDivBypassed()) {
Preston Gurd0d67f512012-10-04 21:33:40 +0000432 const DenseMap<unsigned int, unsigned int> &BypassWidths =
433 TLI->getBypassSlowDivWidths();
Eric Christopher49a7d6c2016-01-04 23:18:58 +0000434 BasicBlock* BB = &*F.begin();
435 while (BB != nullptr) {
436 // bypassSlowDivision may create new BBs, but we don't want to reapply the
437 // optimization to those blocks.
438 BasicBlock* Next = BB->getNextNode();
439 EverMadeChange |= bypassSlowDivision(BB, BypassWidths);
440 BB = Next;
441 }
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +0000442 }
443
444 // Eliminate blocks that contain only PHI nodes and an
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000445 // unconditional branch.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000446 EverMadeChange |= eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(F);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000447
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +0000448 if (!DisableBranchOpts)
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +0000449 EverMadeChange |= splitBranchCondition(F);
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +0000450
Michael Kuperstein13bf8a22017-02-28 00:11:34 +0000451 // Split some critical edges where one of the sources is an indirect branch,
452 // to help generate sane code for PHIs involving such edges.
Hiroshi Yamauchi9364fa32017-12-04 20:36:01 +0000453 EverMadeChange |= SplitIndirectBrCriticalEdges(F);
Michael Kuperstein13bf8a22017-02-28 00:11:34 +0000454
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000455 bool MadeChange = true;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000456 while (MadeChange) {
457 MadeChange = false;
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +0000458 DominatorTree DT(F);
Hans Wennborg02fbc712012-09-19 07:48:16 +0000459 for (Function::iterator I = F.begin(); I != F.end(); ) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000460 BasicBlock *BB = &*I++;
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000461 bool ModifiedDTOnIteration = false;
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +0000462 MadeChange |= optimizeBlock(*BB, DT, ModifiedDTOnIteration);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000463
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000464 // Restart BB iteration if the dominator tree of the Function was changed
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000465 if (ModifiedDTOnIteration)
466 break;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000467 }
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000468 if (EnableTypePromotionMerge && !ValToSExtendedUses.empty())
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +0000469 MadeChange |= mergeSExts(F, DT);
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000470 if (!LargeOffsetGEPMap.empty())
471 MadeChange |= splitLargeGEPOffsets();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000472
473 // Really free removed instructions during promotion.
474 for (Instruction *I : RemovedInsts)
Reid Kleckner96ab8722017-05-18 17:24:10 +0000475 I->deleteValue();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000476
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000477 EverMadeChange |= MadeChange;
Peter Collingbourneabd820a2018-10-23 21:23:18 +0000478 SeenChainsForSExt.clear();
479 ValToSExtendedUses.clear();
480 RemovedInsts.clear();
481 LargeOffsetGEPMap.clear();
482 LargeOffsetGEPID.clear();
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000483 }
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +0000484
485 SunkAddrs.clear();
486
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000487 if (!DisableBranchOpts) {
488 MadeChange = false;
David Stenberg23bba562018-07-02 14:23:48 +0000489 // Use a set vector to get deterministic iteration order. The order the
490 // blocks are removed may affect whether or not PHI nodes in successors
491 // are removed.
492 SmallSetVector<BasicBlock*, 8> WorkList;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +0000493 for (BasicBlock &BB : F) {
494 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 2> Successors(succ_begin(&BB), succ_end(&BB));
495 MadeChange |= ConstantFoldTerminator(&BB, true);
Bill Wendling97b93592012-03-04 10:46:01 +0000496 if (!MadeChange) continue;
497
498 for (SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock*>::iterator
499 II = Successors.begin(), IE = Successors.end(); II != IE; ++II)
500 if (pred_begin(*II) == pred_end(*II))
501 WorkList.insert(*II);
502 }
503
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000504 // Delete the dead blocks and any of their dead successors.
Bill Wendlingab417b62012-12-06 00:30:20 +0000505 MadeChange |= !WorkList.empty();
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000506 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
David Stenberg23bba562018-07-02 14:23:48 +0000507 BasicBlock *BB = WorkList.pop_back_val();
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000508 SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 2> Successors(succ_begin(BB), succ_end(BB));
509
510 DeleteDeadBlock(BB);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +0000511
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000512 for (SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock*>::iterator
513 II = Successors.begin(), IE = Successors.end(); II != IE; ++II)
514 if (pred_begin(*II) == pred_end(*II))
515 WorkList.insert(*II);
516 }
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000517
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000518 // Merge pairs of basic blocks with unconditional branches, connected by
519 // a single edge.
520 if (EverMadeChange || MadeChange)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000521 MadeChange |= eliminateFallThrough(F);
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000522
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000523 EverMadeChange |= MadeChange;
524 }
525
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000526 if (!DisableGCOpts) {
527 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> Statepoints;
528 for (BasicBlock &BB : F)
529 for (Instruction &I : BB)
530 if (isStatepoint(I))
531 Statepoints.push_back(&I);
532 for (auto &I : Statepoints)
533 EverMadeChange |= simplifyOffsetableRelocate(*I);
534 }
535
Vedant Kumar30406fd2018-08-21 23:43:08 +0000536 // Do this last to clean up use-before-def scenarios introduced by other
537 // preparatory transforms.
538 EverMadeChange |= placeDbgValues(F);
539
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000540 return EverMadeChange;
541}
542
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000543/// Merge basic blocks which are connected by a single edge, where one of the
544/// basic blocks has a single successor pointing to the other basic block,
545/// which has a single predecessor.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000546bool CodeGenPrepare::eliminateFallThrough(Function &F) {
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000547 bool Changed = false;
548 // Scan all of the blocks in the function, except for the entry block.
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000549 // Use a temporary array to avoid iterator being invalidated when
550 // deleting blocks.
551 SmallVector<WeakTrackingVH, 16> Blocks;
552 for (auto &Block : llvm::make_range(std::next(F.begin()), F.end()))
553 Blocks.push_back(&Block);
554
555 for (auto &Block : Blocks) {
556 auto *BB = cast_or_null<BasicBlock>(Block);
557 if (!BB)
558 continue;
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000559 // If the destination block has a single pred, then this is a trivial
560 // edge, just collapse it.
561 BasicBlock *SinglePred = BB->getSinglePredecessor();
562
Evan Cheng64a223a2012-09-28 23:58:57 +0000563 // Don't merge if BB's address is taken.
564 if (!SinglePred || SinglePred == BB || BB->hasAddressTaken()) continue;
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000565
566 BranchInst *Term = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(SinglePred->getTerminator());
567 if (Term && !Term->isConditional()) {
568 Changed = true;
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000569 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "To merge:\n" << *BB << "\n\n\n");
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000570
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000571 // Merge BB into SinglePred and delete it.
572 MergeBlockIntoPredecessor(BB);
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000573 }
574 }
575 return Changed;
576}
577
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000578/// Find a destination block from BB if BB is mergeable empty block.
579BasicBlock *CodeGenPrepare::findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
580 // If this block doesn't end with an uncond branch, ignore it.
581 BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BB->getTerminator());
582 if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional())
583 return nullptr;
584
585 // If the instruction before the branch (skipping debug info) isn't a phi
586 // node, then other stuff is happening here.
587 BasicBlock::iterator BBI = BI->getIterator();
588 if (BBI != BB->begin()) {
589 --BBI;
590 while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BBI)) {
591 if (BBI == BB->begin())
592 break;
593 --BBI;
594 }
595 if (!isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BBI) && !isa<PHINode>(BBI))
596 return nullptr;
597 }
598
599 // Do not break infinite loops.
600 BasicBlock *DestBB = BI->getSuccessor(0);
601 if (DestBB == BB)
602 return nullptr;
603
604 if (!canMergeBlocks(BB, DestBB))
605 DestBB = nullptr;
606
607 return DestBB;
608}
609
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000610/// Eliminate blocks that contain only PHI nodes, debug info directives, and an
611/// unconditional branch. Passes before isel (e.g. LSR/loopsimplify) often split
612/// edges in ways that are non-optimal for isel. Start by eliminating these
613/// blocks so we can split them the way we want them.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000614bool CodeGenPrepare::eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(Function &F) {
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000615 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 16> Preheaders;
616 SmallVector<Loop *, 16> LoopList(LI->begin(), LI->end());
617 while (!LoopList.empty()) {
618 Loop *L = LoopList.pop_back_val();
619 LoopList.insert(LoopList.end(), L->begin(), L->end());
620 if (BasicBlock *Preheader = L->getLoopPreheader())
621 Preheaders.insert(Preheader);
622 }
623
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000624 bool MadeChange = false;
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000625 // Copy blocks into a temporary array to avoid iterator invalidation issues
626 // as we remove them.
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000627 // Note that this intentionally skips the entry block.
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000628 SmallVector<WeakTrackingVH, 16> Blocks;
629 for (auto &Block : llvm::make_range(std::next(F.begin()), F.end()))
630 Blocks.push_back(&Block);
631
632 for (auto &Block : Blocks) {
633 BasicBlock *BB = cast_or_null<BasicBlock>(Block);
634 if (!BB)
635 continue;
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000636 BasicBlock *DestBB = findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(BB);
637 if (!DestBB ||
638 !isMergingEmptyBlockProfitable(BB, DestBB, Preheaders.count(BB)))
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000639 continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000640
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000641 eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BB);
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000642 MadeChange = true;
643 }
644 return MadeChange;
645}
646
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000647bool CodeGenPrepare::isMergingEmptyBlockProfitable(BasicBlock *BB,
648 BasicBlock *DestBB,
649 bool isPreheader) {
650 // Do not delete loop preheaders if doing so would create a critical edge.
651 // Loop preheaders can be good locations to spill registers. If the
652 // preheader is deleted and we create a critical edge, registers may be
653 // spilled in the loop body instead.
654 if (!DisablePreheaderProtect && isPreheader &&
655 !(BB->getSinglePredecessor() &&
656 BB->getSinglePredecessor()->getSingleSuccessor()))
657 return false;
658
Craig Topper784929d2019-02-08 20:48:56 +0000659 // Skip merging if the block's successor is also a successor to any callbr
660 // that leads to this block.
661 // FIXME: Is this really needed? Is this a correctness issue?
662 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), E = pred_end(BB); PI != E; ++PI) {
663 if (auto *CBI = dyn_cast<CallBrInst>((*PI)->getTerminator()))
664 for (unsigned i = 0, e = CBI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i)
665 if (DestBB == CBI->getSuccessor(i))
666 return false;
667 }
668
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000669 // Try to skip merging if the unique predecessor of BB is terminated by a
670 // switch or indirect branch instruction, and BB is used as an incoming block
671 // of PHIs in DestBB. In such case, merging BB and DestBB would cause ISel to
672 // add COPY instructions in the predecessor of BB instead of BB (if it is not
673 // merged). Note that the critical edge created by merging such blocks wont be
674 // split in MachineSink because the jump table is not analyzable. By keeping
675 // such empty block (BB), ISel will place COPY instructions in BB, not in the
676 // predecessor of BB.
677 BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getUniquePredecessor();
678 if (!Pred ||
679 !(isa<SwitchInst>(Pred->getTerminator()) ||
680 isa<IndirectBrInst>(Pred->getTerminator())))
681 return true;
682
Jonas Devlieghere42243df2018-08-07 12:14:01 +0000683 if (BB->getTerminator() != BB->getFirstNonPHIOrDbg())
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000684 return true;
685
686 // We use a simple cost heuristic which determine skipping merging is
687 // profitable if the cost of skipping merging is less than the cost of
688 // merging : Cost(skipping merging) < Cost(merging BB), where the
689 // Cost(skipping merging) is Freq(BB) * (Cost(Copy) + Cost(Branch)), and
690 // the Cost(merging BB) is Freq(Pred) * Cost(Copy).
691 // Assuming Cost(Copy) == Cost(Branch), we could simplify it to :
692 // Freq(Pred) / Freq(BB) > 2.
693 // Note that if there are multiple empty blocks sharing the same incoming
694 // value for the PHIs in the DestBB, we consider them together. In such
695 // case, Cost(merging BB) will be the sum of their frequencies.
696
697 if (!isa<PHINode>(DestBB->begin()))
698 return true;
699
700 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 16> SameIncomingValueBBs;
701
702 // Find all other incoming blocks from which incoming values of all PHIs in
703 // DestBB are the same as the ones from BB.
704 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(DestBB), E = pred_end(DestBB); PI != E;
705 ++PI) {
706 BasicBlock *DestBBPred = *PI;
707 if (DestBBPred == BB)
708 continue;
709
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000710 if (llvm::all_of(DestBB->phis(), [&](const PHINode &DestPN) {
711 return DestPN.getIncomingValueForBlock(BB) ==
712 DestPN.getIncomingValueForBlock(DestBBPred);
713 }))
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000714 SameIncomingValueBBs.insert(DestBBPred);
715 }
716
717 // See if all BB's incoming values are same as the value from Pred. In this
718 // case, no reason to skip merging because COPYs are expected to be place in
719 // Pred already.
720 if (SameIncomingValueBBs.count(Pred))
721 return true;
722
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000723 BlockFrequency PredFreq = BFI->getBlockFreq(Pred);
724 BlockFrequency BBFreq = BFI->getBlockFreq(BB);
725
726 for (auto SameValueBB : SameIncomingValueBBs)
727 if (SameValueBB->getUniquePredecessor() == Pred &&
728 DestBB == findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(SameValueBB))
729 BBFreq += BFI->getBlockFreq(SameValueBB);
730
731 return PredFreq.getFrequency() <=
732 BBFreq.getFrequency() * FreqRatioToSkipMerge;
733}
734
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000735/// Return true if we can merge BB into DestBB if there is a single
736/// unconditional branch between them, and BB contains no other non-phi
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000737/// instructions.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000738bool CodeGenPrepare::canMergeBlocks(const BasicBlock *BB,
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000739 const BasicBlock *DestBB) const {
740 // We only want to eliminate blocks whose phi nodes are used by phi nodes in
741 // the successor. If there are more complex condition (e.g. preheaders),
742 // don't mess around with them.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000743 for (const PHINode &PN : BB->phis()) {
744 for (const User *U : PN.users()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000745 const Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
746 if (UI->getParent() != DestBB || !isa<PHINode>(UI))
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000747 return false;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000748 // If User is inside DestBB block and it is a PHINode then check
749 // incoming value. If incoming value is not from BB then this is
Devang Pateld3208522007-04-25 00:37:04 +0000750 // a complex condition (e.g. preheaders) we want to avoid here.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000751 if (UI->getParent() == DestBB) {
752 if (const PHINode *UPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UI))
Devang Pateld3208522007-04-25 00:37:04 +0000753 for (unsigned I = 0, E = UPN->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) {
754 Instruction *Insn = dyn_cast<Instruction>(UPN->getIncomingValue(I));
755 if (Insn && Insn->getParent() == BB &&
756 Insn->getParent() != UPN->getIncomingBlock(I))
757 return false;
758 }
759 }
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000760 }
761 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000762
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000763 // If BB and DestBB contain any common predecessors, then the phi nodes in BB
764 // and DestBB may have conflicting incoming values for the block. If so, we
765 // can't merge the block.
766 const PHINode *DestBBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(DestBB->begin());
767 if (!DestBBPN) return true; // no conflict.
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000768
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000769 // Collect the preds of BB.
Chris Lattner8201a9b2007-11-06 22:07:40 +0000770 SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock*, 16> BBPreds;
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000771 if (const PHINode *BBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BB->begin())) {
772 // It is faster to get preds from a PHI than with pred_iterator.
773 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
774 BBPreds.insert(BBPN->getIncomingBlock(i));
775 } else {
776 BBPreds.insert(pred_begin(BB), pred_end(BB));
777 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000778
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000779 // Walk the preds of DestBB.
780 for (unsigned i = 0, e = DestBBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
781 BasicBlock *Pred = DestBBPN->getIncomingBlock(i);
782 if (BBPreds.count(Pred)) { // Common predecessor?
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000783 for (const PHINode &PN : DestBB->phis()) {
784 const Value *V1 = PN.getIncomingValueForBlock(Pred);
785 const Value *V2 = PN.getIncomingValueForBlock(BB);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000786
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000787 // If V2 is a phi node in BB, look up what the mapped value will be.
788 if (const PHINode *V2PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V2))
789 if (V2PN->getParent() == BB)
790 V2 = V2PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Pred);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000791
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000792 // If there is a conflict, bail out.
793 if (V1 != V2) return false;
794 }
795 }
796 }
797
798 return true;
799}
800
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000801/// Eliminate a basic block that has only phi's and an unconditional branch in
802/// it.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000803void CodeGenPrepare::eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000804 BranchInst *BI = cast<BranchInst>(BB->getTerminator());
805 BasicBlock *DestBB = BI->getSuccessor(0);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000806
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000807 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "MERGING MOSTLY EMPTY BLOCKS - BEFORE:\n"
808 << *BB << *DestBB);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000809
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000810 // If the destination block has a single pred, then this is a trivial edge,
811 // just collapse it.
Chris Lattner4059f432008-11-27 19:29:14 +0000812 if (BasicBlock *SinglePred = DestBB->getSinglePredecessor()) {
Chris Lattner8a172da2008-11-28 19:54:49 +0000813 if (SinglePred != DestBB) {
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000814 assert(SinglePred == BB &&
815 "Single predecessor not the same as predecessor");
816 // Merge DestBB into SinglePred/BB and delete it.
817 MergeBlockIntoPredecessor(DestBB);
818 // Note: BB(=SinglePred) will not be deleted on this path.
819 // DestBB(=its single successor) is the one that was deleted.
820 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "AFTER:\n" << *SinglePred << "\n\n\n");
Chris Lattner8a172da2008-11-28 19:54:49 +0000821 return;
822 }
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000823 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000824
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000825 // Otherwise, we have multiple predecessors of BB. Update the PHIs in DestBB
826 // to handle the new incoming edges it is about to have.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000827 for (PHINode &PN : DestBB->phis()) {
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000828 // Remove the incoming value for BB, and remember it.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000829 Value *InVal = PN.removeIncomingValue(BB, false);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000830
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000831 // Two options: either the InVal is a phi node defined in BB or it is some
832 // value that dominates BB.
833 PHINode *InValPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(InVal);
834 if (InValPhi && InValPhi->getParent() == BB) {
835 // Add all of the input values of the input PHI as inputs of this phi.
836 for (unsigned i = 0, e = InValPhi->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000837 PN.addIncoming(InValPhi->getIncomingValue(i),
838 InValPhi->getIncomingBlock(i));
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000839 } else {
840 // Otherwise, add one instance of the dominating value for each edge that
841 // we will be adding.
842 if (PHINode *BBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BB->begin())) {
843 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000844 PN.addIncoming(InVal, BBPN->getIncomingBlock(i));
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000845 } else {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +0000846 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), E = pred_end(BB); PI != E; ++PI)
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000847 PN.addIncoming(InVal, *PI);
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000848 }
849 }
850 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000851
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000852 // The PHIs are now updated, change everything that refers to BB to use
853 // DestBB and remove BB.
854 BB->replaceAllUsesWith(DestBB);
855 BB->eraseFromParent();
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000856 ++NumBlocksElim;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000857
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000858 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "AFTER:\n" << *DestBB << "\n\n\n");
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000859}
860
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000861// Computes a map of base pointer relocation instructions to corresponding
862// derived pointer relocation instructions given a vector of all relocate calls
863static void computeBaseDerivedRelocateMap(
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000864 const SmallVectorImpl<GCRelocateInst *> &AllRelocateCalls,
865 DenseMap<GCRelocateInst *, SmallVector<GCRelocateInst *, 2>>
866 &RelocateInstMap) {
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000867 // Collect information in two maps: one primarily for locating the base object
868 // while filling the second map; the second map is the final structure holding
869 // a mapping between Base and corresponding Derived relocate calls
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000870 DenseMap<std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>, GCRelocateInst *> RelocateIdxMap;
871 for (auto *ThisRelocate : AllRelocateCalls) {
872 auto K = std::make_pair(ThisRelocate->getBasePtrIndex(),
873 ThisRelocate->getDerivedPtrIndex());
874 RelocateIdxMap.insert(std::make_pair(K, ThisRelocate));
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000875 }
876 for (auto &Item : RelocateIdxMap) {
877 std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> Key = Item.first;
878 if (Key.first == Key.second)
879 // Base relocation: nothing to insert
880 continue;
881
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000882 GCRelocateInst *I = Item.second;
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000883 auto BaseKey = std::make_pair(Key.first, Key.first);
Sanjoy Dasb8186762015-02-27 02:24:16 +0000884
885 // We're iterating over RelocateIdxMap so we cannot modify it.
886 auto MaybeBase = RelocateIdxMap.find(BaseKey);
887 if (MaybeBase == RelocateIdxMap.end())
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000888 // TODO: We might want to insert a new base object relocate and gep off
889 // that, if there are enough derived object relocates.
890 continue;
Sanjoy Dasb8186762015-02-27 02:24:16 +0000891
892 RelocateInstMap[MaybeBase->second].push_back(I);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000893 }
894}
895
896// Accepts a GEP and extracts the operands into a vector provided they're all
897// small integer constants
898static bool getGEPSmallConstantIntOffsetV(GetElementPtrInst *GEP,
899 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &OffsetV) {
900 for (unsigned i = 1; i < GEP->getNumOperands(); i++) {
901 // Only accept small constant integer operands
902 auto Op = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i));
903 if (!Op || Op->getZExtValue() > 20)
904 return false;
905 }
906
907 for (unsigned i = 1; i < GEP->getNumOperands(); i++)
908 OffsetV.push_back(GEP->getOperand(i));
909 return true;
910}
911
912// Takes a RelocatedBase (base pointer relocation instruction) and Targets to
913// replace, computes a replacement, and affects it.
914static bool
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000915simplifyRelocatesOffABase(GCRelocateInst *RelocatedBase,
916 const SmallVectorImpl<GCRelocateInst *> &Targets) {
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000917 bool MadeChange = false;
Serguei Katkov9e5604d2017-08-17 05:48:30 +0000918 // We must ensure the relocation of derived pointer is defined after
919 // relocation of base pointer. If we find a relocation corresponding to base
920 // defined earlier than relocation of base then we move relocation of base
921 // right before found relocation. We consider only relocation in the same
922 // basic block as relocation of base. Relocations from other basic block will
923 // be skipped by optimization and we do not care about them.
924 for (auto R = RelocatedBase->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt();
925 &*R != RelocatedBase; ++R)
926 if (auto RI = dyn_cast<GCRelocateInst>(R))
927 if (RI->getStatepoint() == RelocatedBase->getStatepoint())
928 if (RI->getBasePtrIndex() == RelocatedBase->getBasePtrIndex()) {
929 RelocatedBase->moveBefore(RI);
930 break;
931 }
932
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000933 for (GCRelocateInst *ToReplace : Targets) {
934 assert(ToReplace->getBasePtrIndex() == RelocatedBase->getBasePtrIndex() &&
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000935 "Not relocating a derived object of the original base object");
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000936 if (ToReplace->getBasePtrIndex() == ToReplace->getDerivedPtrIndex()) {
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000937 // A duplicate relocate call. TODO: coalesce duplicates.
938 continue;
939 }
940
Igor Laevskyf637b4a2015-11-03 18:37:40 +0000941 if (RelocatedBase->getParent() != ToReplace->getParent()) {
942 // Base and derived relocates are in different basic blocks.
943 // In this case transform is only valid when base dominates derived
944 // relocate. However it would be too expensive to check dominance
945 // for each such relocate, so we skip the whole transformation.
946 continue;
947 }
948
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000949 Value *Base = ToReplace->getBasePtr();
950 auto Derived = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(ToReplace->getDerivedPtr());
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000951 if (!Derived || Derived->getPointerOperand() != Base)
952 continue;
953
954 SmallVector<Value *, 2> OffsetV;
955 if (!getGEPSmallConstantIntOffsetV(Derived, OffsetV))
956 continue;
957
958 // Create a Builder and replace the target callsite with a gep
Sanjay Patel545a4562016-01-20 18:59:16 +0000959 assert(RelocatedBase->getNextNode() &&
960 "Should always have one since it's not a terminator");
Sanjoy Das3d705e32015-05-11 23:47:30 +0000961
962 // Insert after RelocatedBase
963 IRBuilder<> Builder(RelocatedBase->getNextNode());
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000964 Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(ToReplace->getDebugLoc());
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000965
966 // If gc_relocate does not match the actual type, cast it to the right type.
967 // In theory, there must be a bitcast after gc_relocate if the type does not
968 // match, and we should reuse it to get the derived pointer. But it could be
969 // cases like this:
970 // bb1:
971 // ...
972 // %g1 = call coldcc i8 addrspace(1)* @llvm.experimental.gc.relocate.p1i8(...)
973 // br label %merge
974 //
975 // bb2:
976 // ...
977 // %g2 = call coldcc i8 addrspace(1)* @llvm.experimental.gc.relocate.p1i8(...)
978 // br label %merge
979 //
980 // merge:
981 // %p1 = phi i8 addrspace(1)* [ %g1, %bb1 ], [ %g2, %bb2 ]
982 // %cast = bitcast i8 addrspace(1)* %p1 in to i32 addrspace(1)*
983 //
984 // In this case, we can not find the bitcast any more. So we insert a new bitcast
985 // no matter there is already one or not. In this way, we can handle all cases, and
986 // the extra bitcast should be optimized away in later passes.
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000987 Value *ActualRelocatedBase = RelocatedBase;
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000988 if (RelocatedBase->getType() != Base->getType()) {
989 ActualRelocatedBase =
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000990 Builder.CreateBitCast(RelocatedBase, Base->getType());
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000991 }
David Blaikie68d535c2015-03-24 22:38:16 +0000992 Value *Replacement = Builder.CreateGEP(
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000993 Derived->getSourceElementType(), ActualRelocatedBase, makeArrayRef(OffsetV));
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000994 Replacement->takeName(ToReplace);
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000995 // If the newly generated derived pointer's type does not match the original derived
996 // pointer's type, cast the new derived pointer to match it. Same reasoning as above.
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000997 Value *ActualReplacement = Replacement;
998 if (Replacement->getType() != ToReplace->getType()) {
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000999 ActualReplacement =
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +00001000 Builder.CreateBitCast(Replacement, ToReplace->getType());
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +00001001 }
1002 ToReplace->replaceAllUsesWith(ActualReplacement);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001003 ToReplace->eraseFromParent();
1004
1005 MadeChange = true;
1006 }
1007 return MadeChange;
1008}
1009
1010// Turns this:
1011//
1012// %base = ...
1013// %ptr = gep %base + 15
1014// %tok = statepoint (%fun, i32 0, i32 0, i32 0, %base, %ptr)
1015// %base' = relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 4)
1016// %ptr' = relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 5)
1017// %val = load %ptr'
1018//
1019// into this:
1020//
1021// %base = ...
1022// %ptr = gep %base + 15
1023// %tok = statepoint (%fun, i32 0, i32 0, i32 0, %base, %ptr)
1024// %base' = gc.relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 4)
1025// %ptr' = gep %base' + 15
1026// %val = load %ptr'
1027bool CodeGenPrepare::simplifyOffsetableRelocate(Instruction &I) {
1028 bool MadeChange = false;
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +00001029 SmallVector<GCRelocateInst *, 2> AllRelocateCalls;
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001030
1031 for (auto *U : I.users())
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +00001032 if (GCRelocateInst *Relocate = dyn_cast<GCRelocateInst>(U))
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001033 // Collect all the relocate calls associated with a statepoint
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +00001034 AllRelocateCalls.push_back(Relocate);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001035
1036 // We need atleast one base pointer relocation + one derived pointer
1037 // relocation to mangle
1038 if (AllRelocateCalls.size() < 2)
1039 return false;
1040
1041 // RelocateInstMap is a mapping from the base relocate instruction to the
1042 // corresponding derived relocate instructions
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +00001043 DenseMap<GCRelocateInst *, SmallVector<GCRelocateInst *, 2>> RelocateInstMap;
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001044 computeBaseDerivedRelocateMap(AllRelocateCalls, RelocateInstMap);
1045 if (RelocateInstMap.empty())
1046 return false;
1047
1048 for (auto &Item : RelocateInstMap)
1049 // Item.first is the RelocatedBase to offset against
1050 // Item.second is the vector of Targets to replace
1051 MadeChange = simplifyRelocatesOffABase(Item.first, Item.second);
1052 return MadeChange;
1053}
1054
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001055/// SinkCast - Sink the specified cast instruction into its user blocks
1056static bool SinkCast(CastInst *CI) {
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001057 BasicBlock *DefBB = CI->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001058
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001059 /// InsertedCasts - Only insert a cast in each block once.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001060 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, CastInst*> InsertedCasts;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001061
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001062 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001063 for (Value::user_iterator UI = CI->user_begin(), E = CI->user_end();
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001064 UI != E; ) {
1065 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1066 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001067
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001068 // Figure out which BB this cast is used in. For PHI's this is the
1069 // appropriate predecessor block.
1070 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
1071 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(User)) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001072 UserBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(TheUse);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001073 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001074
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001075 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1076 ++UI;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001077
David Majnemer0c80e2e2016-04-27 19:36:38 +00001078 // The first insertion point of a block containing an EH pad is after the
1079 // pad. If the pad is the user, we cannot sink the cast past the pad.
1080 if (User->isEHPad())
1081 continue;
1082
Andrew Kaylord0430e82015-11-23 19:16:15 +00001083 // If the block selected to receive the cast is an EH pad that does not
1084 // allow non-PHI instructions before the terminator, we can't sink the
1085 // cast.
1086 if (UserBB->getTerminator()->isEHPad())
1087 continue;
1088
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001089 // If this user is in the same block as the cast, don't change the cast.
1090 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001091
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001092 // If we have already inserted a cast into this block, use it.
1093 CastInst *&InsertedCast = InsertedCasts[UserBB];
1094
1095 if (!InsertedCast) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +00001096 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001097 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
1098 InsertedCast = CastInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), CI->getOperand(0),
1099 CI->getType(), "", &*InsertPt);
Vedant Kumar9374c042018-05-23 22:03:48 +00001100 InsertedCast->setDebugLoc(CI->getDebugLoc());
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001101 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001102
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001103 // Replace a use of the cast with a use of the new cast.
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001104 TheUse = InsertedCast;
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001105 MadeChange = true;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00001106 ++NumCastUses;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001107 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001108
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001109 // If we removed all uses, nuke the cast.
Duncan Sandsafa84da42008-01-20 16:51:46 +00001110 if (CI->use_empty()) {
Adrian Prantl261ac8b2017-11-03 21:55:03 +00001111 salvageDebugInfo(*CI);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001112 CI->eraseFromParent();
Duncan Sandsafa84da42008-01-20 16:51:46 +00001113 MadeChange = true;
1114 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001115
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001116 return MadeChange;
1117}
1118
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001119/// If the specified cast instruction is a noop copy (e.g. it's casting from
1120/// one pointer type to another, i32->i8 on PPC), sink it into user blocks to
1121/// reduce the number of virtual registers that must be created and coalesced.
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001122///
1123/// Return true if any changes are made.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001124static bool OptimizeNoopCopyExpression(CastInst *CI, const TargetLowering &TLI,
1125 const DataLayout &DL) {
Justin Lebar3e50a5b2016-11-21 22:49:15 +00001126 // Sink only "cheap" (or nop) address-space casts. This is a weaker condition
1127 // than sinking only nop casts, but is helpful on some platforms.
1128 if (auto *ASC = dyn_cast<AddrSpaceCastInst>(CI)) {
1129 if (!TLI.isCheapAddrSpaceCast(ASC->getSrcAddressSpace(),
1130 ASC->getDestAddressSpace()))
1131 return false;
1132 }
1133
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001134 // If this is a noop copy,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001135 EVT SrcVT = TLI.getValueType(DL, CI->getOperand(0)->getType());
1136 EVT DstVT = TLI.getValueType(DL, CI->getType());
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001137
1138 // This is an fp<->int conversion?
1139 if (SrcVT.isInteger() != DstVT.isInteger())
1140 return false;
1141
1142 // If this is an extension, it will be a zero or sign extension, which
1143 // isn't a noop.
1144 if (SrcVT.bitsLT(DstVT)) return false;
1145
1146 // If these values will be promoted, find out what they will be promoted
1147 // to. This helps us consider truncates on PPC as noop copies when they
1148 // are.
1149 if (TLI.getTypeAction(CI->getContext(), SrcVT) ==
1150 TargetLowering::TypePromoteInteger)
1151 SrcVT = TLI.getTypeToTransformTo(CI->getContext(), SrcVT);
1152 if (TLI.getTypeAction(CI->getContext(), DstVT) ==
1153 TargetLowering::TypePromoteInteger)
1154 DstVT = TLI.getTypeToTransformTo(CI->getContext(), DstVT);
1155
1156 // If, after promotion, these are the same types, this is a noop copy.
1157 if (SrcVT != DstVT)
1158 return false;
1159
1160 return SinkCast(CI);
1161}
1162
Sanjay Patelffe1cf52019-02-22 20:20:24 +00001163static bool replaceMathCmpWithIntrinsic(BinaryOperator *BO, CmpInst *Cmp,
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +00001164 Intrinsic::ID IID, DominatorTree &DT) {
Sanjay Patelffe1cf52019-02-22 20:20:24 +00001165 // We allow matching the canonical IR (add X, C) back to (usubo X, -C).
Sanjay Pateld8b4efc2019-02-18 23:33:05 +00001166 Value *Arg0 = BO->getOperand(0);
1167 Value *Arg1 = BO->getOperand(1);
Sanjay Pateld8b4efc2019-02-18 23:33:05 +00001168 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add &&
1169 IID == Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow) {
1170 assert(isa<Constant>(Arg1) && "Unexpected input for usubo");
1171 Arg1 = ConstantExpr::getNeg(cast<Constant>(Arg1));
1172 }
1173
Sanjay Patelffe1cf52019-02-22 20:20:24 +00001174 Instruction *InsertPt;
1175 if (BO->hasOneUse() && BO->user_back() == Cmp) {
1176 // If the math is only used by the compare, insert at the compare to keep
1177 // the condition in the same block as its users. (CGP aggressively sinks
1178 // compares to help out SDAG.)
1179 InsertPt = Cmp;
1180 } else {
1181 // The math and compare may be independent instructions. Check dominance to
1182 // determine the insertion point for the intrinsic.
Sanjay Patelffe1cf52019-02-22 20:20:24 +00001183 bool MathDominates = DT.dominates(BO, Cmp);
1184 if (!MathDominates && !DT.dominates(Cmp, BO))
1185 return false;
1186 InsertPt = MathDominates ? cast<Instruction>(BO) : cast<Instruction>(Cmp);
1187 }
1188
Sanjay Patelc00bdab42019-02-04 16:30:46 +00001189 IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt);
Sanjay Pateld8b4efc2019-02-18 23:33:05 +00001190 Value *MathOV = Builder.CreateBinaryIntrinsic(IID, Arg0, Arg1);
Sanjay Patelc00bdab42019-02-04 16:30:46 +00001191 Value *Math = Builder.CreateExtractValue(MathOV, 0, "math");
1192 Value *OV = Builder.CreateExtractValue(MathOV, 1, "ov");
1193 BO->replaceAllUsesWith(Math);
1194 Cmp->replaceAllUsesWith(OV);
1195 BO->eraseFromParent();
1196 Cmp->eraseFromParent();
Sanjay Patelffe1cf52019-02-22 20:20:24 +00001197 return true;
Sanjay Patelc00bdab42019-02-04 16:30:46 +00001198}
1199
Sanjay Patelcb04ba02019-02-24 15:31:27 +00001200/// Match special-case patterns that check for unsigned add overflow.
1201static bool matchUAddWithOverflowConstantEdgeCases(CmpInst *Cmp,
1202 BinaryOperator *&Add) {
1203 // Add = add A, 1; Cmp = icmp eq A,-1 (overflow if A is max val)
1204 // Add = add A,-1; Cmp = icmp ne A, 0 (overflow if A is non-zero)
1205 Value *A = Cmp->getOperand(0), *B = Cmp->getOperand(1);
Sanjay Patel3b2d0bc2019-03-04 22:47:13 +00001206
1207 // We are not expecting non-canonical/degenerate code. Just bail out.
1208 if (isa<Constant>(A))
1209 return false;
1210
Sanjay Patelcb04ba02019-02-24 15:31:27 +00001211 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = Cmp->getPredicate();
1212 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && match(B, m_AllOnes()))
1213 B = ConstantInt::get(B->getType(), 1);
1214 else if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && match(B, m_ZeroInt()))
1215 B = ConstantInt::get(B->getType(), -1);
1216 else
1217 return false;
1218
1219 // Check the users of the variable operand of the compare looking for an add
1220 // with the adjusted constant.
1221 for (User *U : A->users()) {
1222 if (match(U, m_Add(m_Specific(A), m_Specific(B)))) {
1223 Add = cast<BinaryOperator>(U);
1224 return true;
1225 }
1226 }
1227 return false;
1228}
1229
Sanjay Patel00fcc742019-02-03 13:48:03 +00001230/// Try to combine the compare into a call to the llvm.uadd.with.overflow
1231/// intrinsic. Return true if any changes were made.
Sanjay Patel84ceae62019-02-03 17:53:09 +00001232static bool combineToUAddWithOverflow(CmpInst *Cmp, const TargetLowering &TLI,
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +00001233 const DataLayout &DL, DominatorTree &DT,
1234 bool &ModifiedDT) {
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001235 Value *A, *B;
Sanjay Patelc00bdab42019-02-04 16:30:46 +00001236 BinaryOperator *Add;
1237 if (!match(Cmp, m_UAddWithOverflow(m_Value(A), m_Value(B), m_BinOp(Add))))
Sanjay Patelcb04ba02019-02-24 15:31:27 +00001238 if (!matchUAddWithOverflowConstantEdgeCases(Cmp, Add))
1239 return false;
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001240
Sanjay Pateld8b4efc2019-02-18 23:33:05 +00001241 if (!TLI.shouldFormOverflowOp(ISD::UADDO,
1242 TLI.getValueType(DL, Add->getType())))
Sanjay Patel84ceae62019-02-03 17:53:09 +00001243 return false;
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001244
Sanjay Patelc00bdab42019-02-04 16:30:46 +00001245 // We don't want to move around uses of condition values this late, so we
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001246 // check if it is legal to create the call to the intrinsic in the basic
Sanjay Patelc00bdab42019-02-04 16:30:46 +00001247 // block containing the icmp.
1248 if (Add->getParent() != Cmp->getParent() && !Add->hasOneUse())
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001249 return false;
1250
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +00001251 if (!replaceMathCmpWithIntrinsic(Add, Cmp, Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow, DT))
Sanjay Patelffe1cf52019-02-22 20:20:24 +00001252 return false;
1253
1254 // Reset callers - do not crash by iterating over a dead instruction.
1255 ModifiedDT = true;
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001256 return true;
1257}
1258
Sanjay Pateld8b4efc2019-02-18 23:33:05 +00001259static bool combineToUSubWithOverflow(CmpInst *Cmp, const TargetLowering &TLI,
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +00001260 const DataLayout &DL, DominatorTree &DT,
1261 bool &ModifiedDT) {
Sanjay Pateld8b4efc2019-02-18 23:33:05 +00001262 // Convert (A u> B) to (A u< B) to simplify pattern matching.
1263 Value *A = Cmp->getOperand(0), *B = Cmp->getOperand(1);
1264 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = Cmp->getPredicate();
1265 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT) {
1266 std::swap(A, B);
1267 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
1268 }
1269 // Convert special-case: (A == 0) is the same as (A u< 1).
1270 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && match(B, m_ZeroInt())) {
1271 B = ConstantInt::get(B->getType(), 1);
1272 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
1273 }
Sanjay Patel198cc302019-02-20 21:23:04 +00001274 // Convert special-case: (A != 0) is the same as (0 u< A).
1275 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && match(B, m_ZeroInt())) {
1276 std::swap(A, B);
1277 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
1278 }
Sanjay Pateld8b4efc2019-02-18 23:33:05 +00001279 if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT)
1280 return false;
1281
1282 // Walk the users of a variable operand of a compare looking for a subtract or
1283 // add with that same operand. Also match the 2nd operand of the compare to
1284 // the add/sub, but that may be a negated constant operand of an add.
1285 Value *CmpVariableOperand = isa<Constant>(A) ? B : A;
1286 BinaryOperator *Sub = nullptr;
1287 for (User *U : CmpVariableOperand->users()) {
1288 // A - B, A u< B --> usubo(A, B)
1289 if (match(U, m_Sub(m_Specific(A), m_Specific(B)))) {
1290 Sub = cast<BinaryOperator>(U);
1291 break;
1292 }
1293
1294 // A + (-C), A u< C (canonicalized form of (sub A, C))
1295 const APInt *CmpC, *AddC;
1296 if (match(U, m_Add(m_Specific(A), m_APInt(AddC))) &&
1297 match(B, m_APInt(CmpC)) && *AddC == -(*CmpC)) {
1298 Sub = cast<BinaryOperator>(U);
1299 break;
1300 }
1301 }
1302 if (!Sub)
1303 return false;
1304
1305 if (!TLI.shouldFormOverflowOp(ISD::USUBO,
1306 TLI.getValueType(DL, Sub->getType())))
1307 return false;
1308
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +00001309 if (!replaceMathCmpWithIntrinsic(Sub, Cmp, Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow, DT))
Sanjay Pateld8b4efc2019-02-18 23:33:05 +00001310 return false;
Sanjay Patelffe1cf52019-02-22 20:20:24 +00001311
Sanjay Pateld8b4efc2019-02-18 23:33:05 +00001312 // Reset callers - do not crash by iterating over a dead instruction.
1313 ModifiedDT = true;
1314 return true;
1315}
1316
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001317/// Sink the given CmpInst into user blocks to reduce the number of virtual
1318/// registers that must be created and coalesced. This is a clear win except on
1319/// targets with multiple condition code registers (PowerPC), where it might
1320/// lose; some adjustment may be wanted there.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001321///
1322/// Return true if any changes are made.
Sanjay Patel00fcc742019-02-03 13:48:03 +00001323static bool sinkCmpExpression(CmpInst *Cmp, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
1324 if (TLI.hasMultipleConditionRegisters())
1325 return false;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001326
Peter Zotov0b6d7bc2016-04-03 16:36:17 +00001327 // Avoid sinking soft-FP comparisons, since this can move them into a loop.
Sanjay Patel00fcc742019-02-03 13:48:03 +00001328 if (TLI.useSoftFloat() && isa<FCmpInst>(Cmp))
Peter Zotov0b6d7bc2016-04-03 16:36:17 +00001329 return false;
1330
1331 // Only insert a cmp in each block once.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001332 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, CmpInst*> InsertedCmps;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001333
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001334 bool MadeChange = false;
Sanjay Patel00fcc742019-02-03 13:48:03 +00001335 for (Value::user_iterator UI = Cmp->user_begin(), E = Cmp->user_end();
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001336 UI != E; ) {
1337 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1338 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001339
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001340 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1341 ++UI;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001342
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001343 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
1344 if (isa<PHINode>(User))
1345 continue;
1346
1347 // Figure out which BB this cmp is used in.
1348 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
Sanjay Patel00fcc742019-02-03 13:48:03 +00001349 BasicBlock *DefBB = Cmp->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001350
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001351 // If this user is in the same block as the cmp, don't change the cmp.
1352 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001353
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001354 // If we have already inserted a cmp into this block, use it.
1355 CmpInst *&InsertedCmp = InsertedCmps[UserBB];
1356
1357 if (!InsertedCmp) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +00001358 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001359 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001360 InsertedCmp =
Sanjay Patel00fcc742019-02-03 13:48:03 +00001361 CmpInst::Create(Cmp->getOpcode(), Cmp->getPredicate(),
1362 Cmp->getOperand(0), Cmp->getOperand(1), "",
1363 &*InsertPt);
Wolfgang Piebe51bede2016-10-06 21:43:45 +00001364 // Propagate the debug info.
Sanjay Patel00fcc742019-02-03 13:48:03 +00001365 InsertedCmp->setDebugLoc(Cmp->getDebugLoc());
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001366 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001367
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001368 // Replace a use of the cmp with a use of the new cmp.
1369 TheUse = InsertedCmp;
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001370 MadeChange = true;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00001371 ++NumCmpUses;
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001372 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001373
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001374 // If we removed all uses, nuke the cmp.
Sanjay Patel00fcc742019-02-03 13:48:03 +00001375 if (Cmp->use_empty()) {
1376 Cmp->eraseFromParent();
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001377 MadeChange = true;
1378 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001379
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001380 return MadeChange;
1381}
1382
Sanjay Pateld8b4efc2019-02-18 23:33:05 +00001383static bool optimizeCmp(CmpInst *Cmp, const TargetLowering &TLI,
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +00001384 const DataLayout &DL, DominatorTree &DT,
1385 bool &ModifiedDT) {
Sanjay Patel00fcc742019-02-03 13:48:03 +00001386 if (sinkCmpExpression(Cmp, TLI))
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001387 return true;
1388
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +00001389 if (combineToUAddWithOverflow(Cmp, TLI, DL, DT, ModifiedDT))
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001390 return true;
1391
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +00001392 if (combineToUSubWithOverflow(Cmp, TLI, DL, DT, ModifiedDT))
Sanjay Pateld8b4efc2019-02-18 23:33:05 +00001393 return true;
1394
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001395 return false;
1396}
1397
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001398/// Duplicate and sink the given 'and' instruction into user blocks where it is
1399/// used in a compare to allow isel to generate better code for targets where
1400/// this operation can be combined.
1401///
1402/// Return true if any changes are made.
1403static bool sinkAndCmp0Expression(Instruction *AndI,
1404 const TargetLowering &TLI,
1405 SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts) {
1406 // Double-check that we're not trying to optimize an instruction that was
1407 // already optimized by some other part of this pass.
1408 assert(!InsertedInsts.count(AndI) &&
1409 "Attempting to optimize already optimized and instruction");
1410 (void) InsertedInsts;
1411
1412 // Nothing to do for single use in same basic block.
1413 if (AndI->hasOneUse() &&
1414 AndI->getParent() == cast<Instruction>(*AndI->user_begin())->getParent())
1415 return false;
1416
1417 // Try to avoid cases where sinking/duplicating is likely to increase register
1418 // pressure.
1419 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(AndI->getOperand(0)) &&
1420 !isa<ConstantInt>(AndI->getOperand(1)) &&
1421 AndI->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() && AndI->getOperand(1)->hasOneUse())
1422 return false;
1423
1424 for (auto *U : AndI->users()) {
1425 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(U);
1426
1427 // Only sink for and mask feeding icmp with 0.
1428 if (!isa<ICmpInst>(User))
1429 return false;
1430
1431 auto *CmpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1));
1432 if (!CmpC || !CmpC->isZero())
1433 return false;
1434 }
1435
1436 if (!TLI.isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(*AndI))
1437 return false;
1438
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00001439 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "found 'and' feeding only icmp 0;\n");
1440 LLVM_DEBUG(AndI->getParent()->dump());
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001441
1442 // Push the 'and' into the same block as the icmp 0. There should only be
1443 // one (icmp (and, 0)) in each block, since CSE/GVN should have removed any
1444 // others, so we don't need to keep track of which BBs we insert into.
1445 for (Value::user_iterator UI = AndI->user_begin(), E = AndI->user_end();
1446 UI != E; ) {
1447 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1448 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
1449
1450 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1451 ++UI;
1452
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00001453 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "sinking 'and' use: " << *User << "\n");
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001454
1455 // Keep the 'and' in the same place if the use is already in the same block.
1456 Instruction *InsertPt =
1457 User->getParent() == AndI->getParent() ? AndI : User;
1458 Instruction *InsertedAnd =
1459 BinaryOperator::Create(Instruction::And, AndI->getOperand(0),
1460 AndI->getOperand(1), "", InsertPt);
1461 // Propagate the debug info.
1462 InsertedAnd->setDebugLoc(AndI->getDebugLoc());
1463
1464 // Replace a use of the 'and' with a use of the new 'and'.
1465 TheUse = InsertedAnd;
1466 ++NumAndUses;
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00001467 LLVM_DEBUG(User->getParent()->dump());
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001468 }
1469
1470 // We removed all uses, nuke the and.
1471 AndI->eraseFromParent();
1472 return true;
1473}
1474
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001475/// Check if the candidates could be combined with a shift instruction, which
1476/// includes:
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001477/// 1. Truncate instruction
1478/// 2. And instruction and the imm is a mask of the low bits:
1479/// imm & (imm+1) == 0
Benjamin Kramer322053c2014-04-27 14:54:59 +00001480static bool isExtractBitsCandidateUse(Instruction *User) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001481 if (!isa<TruncInst>(User)) {
1482 if (User->getOpcode() != Instruction::And ||
1483 !isa<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1)))
1484 return false;
1485
Quentin Colombetd4f44692014-04-22 01:20:34 +00001486 const APInt &Cimm = cast<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1))->getValue();
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001487
Quentin Colombetd4f44692014-04-22 01:20:34 +00001488 if ((Cimm & (Cimm + 1)).getBoolValue())
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001489 return false;
1490 }
1491 return true;
1492}
1493
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001494/// Sink both shift and truncate instruction to the use of truncate's BB.
Benjamin Kramer322053c2014-04-27 14:54:59 +00001495static bool
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001496SinkShiftAndTruncate(BinaryOperator *ShiftI, Instruction *User, ConstantInt *CI,
1497 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, BinaryOperator *> &InsertedShifts,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001498 const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001499 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
1500 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, CastInst *> InsertedTruncs;
1501 TruncInst *TruncI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(User);
1502 bool MadeChange = false;
1503
1504 for (Value::user_iterator TruncUI = TruncI->user_begin(),
1505 TruncE = TruncI->user_end();
1506 TruncUI != TruncE;) {
1507
1508 Use &TruncTheUse = TruncUI.getUse();
1509 Instruction *TruncUser = cast<Instruction>(*TruncUI);
1510 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1511
1512 ++TruncUI;
1513
1514 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(TruncUser->getOpcode());
1515 if (!ISDOpcode)
1516 continue;
1517
Tim Northovere2239ff2014-07-29 10:20:22 +00001518 // If the use is actually a legal node, there will not be an
1519 // implicit truncate.
1520 // FIXME: always querying the result type is just an
1521 // approximation; some nodes' legality is determined by the
1522 // operand or other means. There's no good way to find out though.
Ahmed Bougacha0788d492014-11-12 22:16:55 +00001523 if (TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001524 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, TruncUser->getType(), true)))
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001525 continue;
1526
1527 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
1528 if (isa<PHINode>(TruncUser))
1529 continue;
1530
1531 BasicBlock *TruncUserBB = TruncUser->getParent();
1532
1533 if (UserBB == TruncUserBB)
1534 continue;
1535
1536 BinaryOperator *&InsertedShift = InsertedShifts[TruncUserBB];
1537 CastInst *&InsertedTrunc = InsertedTruncs[TruncUserBB];
1538
1539 if (!InsertedShift && !InsertedTrunc) {
1540 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = TruncUserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001541 assert(InsertPt != TruncUserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001542 // Sink the shift
1543 if (ShiftI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001544 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1545 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001546 else
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001547 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1548 "", &*InsertPt);
Vedant Kumar1b02dad2018-09-15 04:08:52 +00001549 InsertedShift->setDebugLoc(ShiftI->getDebugLoc());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001550
1551 // Sink the trunc
1552 BasicBlock::iterator TruncInsertPt = TruncUserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
1553 TruncInsertPt++;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001554 assert(TruncInsertPt != TruncUserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001555
1556 InsertedTrunc = CastInst::Create(TruncI->getOpcode(), InsertedShift,
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001557 TruncI->getType(), "", &*TruncInsertPt);
Vedant Kumar1b02dad2018-09-15 04:08:52 +00001558 InsertedTrunc->setDebugLoc(TruncI->getDebugLoc());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001559
1560 MadeChange = true;
1561
1562 TruncTheUse = InsertedTrunc;
1563 }
1564 }
1565 return MadeChange;
1566}
1567
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001568/// Sink the shift *right* instruction into user blocks if the uses could
1569/// potentially be combined with this shift instruction and generate BitExtract
1570/// instruction. It will only be applied if the architecture supports BitExtract
1571/// instruction. Here is an example:
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001572/// BB1:
1573/// %x.extract.shift = lshr i64 %arg1, 32
1574/// BB2:
1575/// %x.extract.trunc = trunc i64 %x.extract.shift to i16
1576/// ==>
1577///
1578/// BB2:
1579/// %x.extract.shift.1 = lshr i64 %arg1, 32
1580/// %x.extract.trunc = trunc i64 %x.extract.shift.1 to i16
1581///
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00001582/// CodeGen will recognize the pattern in BB2 and generate BitExtract
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001583/// instruction.
1584/// Return true if any changes are made.
1585static bool OptimizeExtractBits(BinaryOperator *ShiftI, ConstantInt *CI,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001586 const TargetLowering &TLI,
1587 const DataLayout &DL) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001588 BasicBlock *DefBB = ShiftI->getParent();
1589
1590 /// Only insert instructions in each block once.
1591 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, BinaryOperator *> InsertedShifts;
1592
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001593 bool shiftIsLegal = TLI.isTypeLegal(TLI.getValueType(DL, ShiftI->getType()));
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001594
1595 bool MadeChange = false;
1596 for (Value::user_iterator UI = ShiftI->user_begin(), E = ShiftI->user_end();
1597 UI != E;) {
1598 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1599 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
1600 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1601 ++UI;
1602
1603 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
1604 if (isa<PHINode>(User))
1605 continue;
1606
1607 if (!isExtractBitsCandidateUse(User))
1608 continue;
1609
1610 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
1611
1612 if (UserBB == DefBB) {
1613 // If the shift and truncate instruction are in the same BB. The use of
1614 // the truncate(TruncUse) may still introduce another truncate if not
1615 // legal. In this case, we would like to sink both shift and truncate
1616 // instruction to the BB of TruncUse.
1617 // for example:
1618 // BB1:
1619 // i64 shift.result = lshr i64 opnd, imm
1620 // trunc.result = trunc shift.result to i16
1621 //
1622 // BB2:
1623 // ----> We will have an implicit truncate here if the architecture does
1624 // not have i16 compare.
1625 // cmp i16 trunc.result, opnd2
1626 //
1627 if (isa<TruncInst>(User) && shiftIsLegal
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00001628 // If the type of the truncate is legal, no truncate will be
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001629 // introduced in other basic blocks.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001630 &&
1631 (!TLI.isTypeLegal(TLI.getValueType(DL, User->getType()))))
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001632 MadeChange =
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001633 SinkShiftAndTruncate(ShiftI, User, CI, InsertedShifts, TLI, DL);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001634
1635 continue;
1636 }
1637 // If we have already inserted a shift into this block, use it.
1638 BinaryOperator *&InsertedShift = InsertedShifts[UserBB];
1639
1640 if (!InsertedShift) {
1641 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001642 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001643
1644 if (ShiftI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001645 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1646 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001647 else
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001648 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1649 "", &*InsertPt);
Vedant Kumar1b02dad2018-09-15 04:08:52 +00001650 InsertedShift->setDebugLoc(ShiftI->getDebugLoc());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001651
1652 MadeChange = true;
1653 }
1654
1655 // Replace a use of the shift with a use of the new shift.
1656 TheUse = InsertedShift;
1657 }
1658
1659 // If we removed all uses, nuke the shift.
Vedant Kumar1b02dad2018-09-15 04:08:52 +00001660 if (ShiftI->use_empty()) {
1661 salvageDebugInfo(*ShiftI);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001662 ShiftI->eraseFromParent();
Vedant Kumar1b02dad2018-09-15 04:08:52 +00001663 }
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001664
1665 return MadeChange;
1666}
1667
Sanjay Patel4699b8a2015-11-19 16:37:10 +00001668/// If counting leading or trailing zeros is an expensive operation and a zero
1669/// input is defined, add a check for zero to avoid calling the intrinsic.
1670///
1671/// We want to transform:
1672/// %z = call i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 %A, i1 false)
1673///
1674/// into:
1675/// entry:
1676/// %cmpz = icmp eq i64 %A, 0
1677/// br i1 %cmpz, label %cond.end, label %cond.false
1678/// cond.false:
1679/// %z = call i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 %A, i1 true)
1680/// br label %cond.end
1681/// cond.end:
1682/// %ctz = phi i64 [ 64, %entry ], [ %z, %cond.false ]
1683///
1684/// If the transform is performed, return true and set ModifiedDT to true.
1685static bool despeculateCountZeros(IntrinsicInst *CountZeros,
1686 const TargetLowering *TLI,
1687 const DataLayout *DL,
1688 bool &ModifiedDT) {
1689 if (!TLI || !DL)
1690 return false;
1691
1692 // If a zero input is undefined, it doesn't make sense to despeculate that.
1693 if (match(CountZeros->getOperand(1), m_One()))
1694 return false;
1695
1696 // If it's cheap to speculate, there's nothing to do.
1697 auto IntrinsicID = CountZeros->getIntrinsicID();
1698 if ((IntrinsicID == Intrinsic::cttz && TLI->isCheapToSpeculateCttz()) ||
1699 (IntrinsicID == Intrinsic::ctlz && TLI->isCheapToSpeculateCtlz()))
1700 return false;
1701
1702 // Only handle legal scalar cases. Anything else requires too much work.
1703 Type *Ty = CountZeros->getType();
1704 unsigned SizeInBits = Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Jun Bum Limbe11bdc2016-05-13 18:38:35 +00001705 if (Ty->isVectorTy() || SizeInBits > DL->getLargestLegalIntTypeSizeInBits())
Sanjay Patel4699b8a2015-11-19 16:37:10 +00001706 return false;
1707
1708 // The intrinsic will be sunk behind a compare against zero and branch.
1709 BasicBlock *StartBlock = CountZeros->getParent();
1710 BasicBlock *CallBlock = StartBlock->splitBasicBlock(CountZeros, "cond.false");
1711
1712 // Create another block after the count zero intrinsic. A PHI will be added
1713 // in this block to select the result of the intrinsic or the bit-width
1714 // constant if the input to the intrinsic is zero.
1715 BasicBlock::iterator SplitPt = ++(BasicBlock::iterator(CountZeros));
1716 BasicBlock *EndBlock = CallBlock->splitBasicBlock(SplitPt, "cond.end");
1717
1718 // Set up a builder to create a compare, conditional branch, and PHI.
1719 IRBuilder<> Builder(CountZeros->getContext());
1720 Builder.SetInsertPoint(StartBlock->getTerminator());
1721 Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(CountZeros->getDebugLoc());
1722
1723 // Replace the unconditional branch that was created by the first split with
1724 // a compare against zero and a conditional branch.
1725 Value *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(Ty);
1726 Value *Cmp = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(CountZeros->getOperand(0), Zero, "cmpz");
1727 Builder.CreateCondBr(Cmp, EndBlock, CallBlock);
1728 StartBlock->getTerminator()->eraseFromParent();
1729
1730 // Create a PHI in the end block to select either the output of the intrinsic
1731 // or the bit width of the operand.
1732 Builder.SetInsertPoint(&EndBlock->front());
1733 PHINode *PN = Builder.CreatePHI(Ty, 2, "ctz");
1734 CountZeros->replaceAllUsesWith(PN);
1735 Value *BitWidth = Builder.getInt(APInt(SizeInBits, SizeInBits));
1736 PN->addIncoming(BitWidth, StartBlock);
1737 PN->addIncoming(CountZeros, CallBlock);
1738
1739 // We are explicitly handling the zero case, so we can set the intrinsic's
1740 // undefined zero argument to 'true'. This will also prevent reprocessing the
1741 // intrinsic; we only despeculate when a zero input is defined.
1742 CountZeros->setArgOperand(1, Builder.getTrue());
1743 ModifiedDT = true;
1744 return true;
1745}
1746
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +00001747bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeCallInst(CallInst *CI, bool &ModifiedDT) {
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001748 BasicBlock *BB = CI->getParent();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001749
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001750 // Lower inline assembly if we can.
1751 // If we found an inline asm expession, and if the target knows how to
1752 // lower it to normal LLVM code, do so now.
1753 if (TLI && isa<InlineAsm>(CI->getCalledValue())) {
1754 if (TLI->ExpandInlineAsm(CI)) {
1755 // Avoid invalidating the iterator.
1756 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
1757 // Avoid processing instructions out of order, which could cause
1758 // reuse before a value is defined.
1759 SunkAddrs.clear();
1760 return true;
1761 }
1762 // Sink address computing for memory operands into the block.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00001763 if (optimizeInlineAsmInst(CI))
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001764 return true;
1765 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001766
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001767 // Align the pointer arguments to this call if the target thinks it's a good
1768 // idea
1769 unsigned MinSize, PrefAlign;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001770 if (TLI && TLI->shouldAlignPointerArgs(CI, MinSize, PrefAlign)) {
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001771 for (auto &Arg : CI->arg_operands()) {
1772 // We want to align both objects whose address is used directly and
1773 // objects whose address is used in casts and GEPs, though it only makes
1774 // sense for GEPs if the offset is a multiple of the desired alignment and
1775 // if size - offset meets the size threshold.
1776 if (!Arg->getType()->isPointerTy())
1777 continue;
Elena Demikhovsky945b7e52018-02-14 06:58:08 +00001778 APInt Offset(DL->getIndexSizeInBits(
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001779 cast<PointerType>(Arg->getType())->getAddressSpace()),
1780 0);
1781 Value *Val = Arg->stripAndAccumulateInBoundsConstantOffsets(*DL, Offset);
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001782 uint64_t Offset2 = Offset.getLimitedValue();
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001783 if ((Offset2 & (PrefAlign-1)) != 0)
1784 continue;
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001785 AllocaInst *AI;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001786 if ((AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val)) && AI->getAlignment() < PrefAlign &&
1787 DL->getTypeAllocSize(AI->getAllocatedType()) >= MinSize + Offset2)
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001788 AI->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001789 // Global variables can only be aligned if they are defined in this
1790 // object (i.e. they are uniquely initialized in this object), and
1791 // over-aligning global variables that have an explicit section is
1792 // forbidden.
1793 GlobalVariable *GV;
James Y Knightac03dca2016-01-15 16:33:06 +00001794 if ((GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Val)) && GV->canIncreaseAlignment() &&
Tim Northover918f0502016-07-18 18:28:52 +00001795 GV->getPointerAlignment(*DL) < PrefAlign &&
Manuel Jacob5f6eaac2016-01-16 20:30:46 +00001796 DL->getTypeAllocSize(GV->getValueType()) >=
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001797 MinSize + Offset2)
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001798 GV->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001799 }
1800 // If this is a memcpy (or similar) then we may be able to improve the
1801 // alignment
1802 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(CI)) {
Daniel Neilsonbe58a222018-01-31 17:24:53 +00001803 unsigned DestAlign = getKnownAlignment(MI->getDest(), *DL);
1804 if (DestAlign > MI->getDestAlignment())
1805 MI->setDestAlignment(DestAlign);
1806 if (MemTransferInst *MTI = dyn_cast<MemTransferInst>(MI)) {
1807 unsigned SrcAlign = getKnownAlignment(MTI->getSource(), *DL);
1808 if (SrcAlign > MTI->getSourceAlignment())
1809 MTI->setSourceAlignment(SrcAlign);
1810 }
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001811 }
1812 }
1813
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00001814 // If we have a cold call site, try to sink addressing computation into the
1815 // cold block. This interacts with our handling for loads and stores to
1816 // ensure that we can fold all uses of a potential addressing computation
1817 // into their uses. TODO: generalize this to work over profiling data
1818 if (!OptSize && CI->hasFnAttr(Attribute::Cold))
1819 for (auto &Arg : CI->arg_operands()) {
1820 if (!Arg->getType()->isPointerTy())
1821 continue;
1822 unsigned AS = Arg->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
1823 return optimizeMemoryInst(CI, Arg, Arg->getType(), AS);
1824 }
Junmo Park6098cbb2016-03-11 07:05:32 +00001825
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001826 IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(CI);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001827 if (II) {
1828 switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
1829 default: break;
Philip Reamesede49dd2019-01-31 18:45:46 +00001830 case Intrinsic::experimental_widenable_condition: {
1831 // Give up on future widening oppurtunties so that we can fold away dead
1832 // paths and merge blocks before going into block-local instruction
1833 // selection.
1834 if (II->use_empty()) {
1835 II->eraseFromParent();
1836 return true;
1837 }
1838 Constant *RetVal = ConstantInt::getTrue(II->getContext());
1839 resetIteratorIfInvalidatedWhileCalling(BB, [&]() {
1840 replaceAndRecursivelySimplify(CI, RetVal, TLInfo, nullptr);
1841 });
1842 return true;
1843 }
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001844 case Intrinsic::objectsize: {
1845 // Lower all uses of llvm.objectsize.*
Erik Pilkington600e9de2019-01-30 20:34:35 +00001846 Value *RetVal =
George Burgess IV3f089142016-12-20 23:46:36 +00001847 lowerObjectSizeCall(II, *DL, TLInfo, /*MustSucceed=*/true);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001848
James Y Knight72f76bf2018-11-07 15:24:12 +00001849 resetIteratorIfInvalidatedWhileCalling(BB, [&]() {
1850 replaceAndRecursivelySimplify(CI, RetVal, TLInfo, nullptr);
1851 });
1852 return true;
1853 }
1854 case Intrinsic::is_constant: {
1855 // If is_constant hasn't folded away yet, lower it to false now.
1856 Constant *RetVal = ConstantInt::get(II->getType(), 0);
1857 resetIteratorIfInvalidatedWhileCalling(BB, [&]() {
1858 replaceAndRecursivelySimplify(CI, RetVal, TLInfo, nullptr);
1859 });
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001860 return true;
Chris Lattner86d56c62011-01-18 20:53:04 +00001861 }
Ahmed Bougacha236f9042015-05-22 21:37:17 +00001862 case Intrinsic::aarch64_stlxr:
1863 case Intrinsic::aarch64_stxr: {
1864 ZExtInst *ExtVal = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(CI->getArgOperand(0));
1865 if (!ExtVal || !ExtVal->hasOneUse() ||
1866 ExtVal->getParent() == CI->getParent())
1867 return false;
1868 // Sink a zext feeding stlxr/stxr before it, so it can be folded into it.
1869 ExtVal->moveBefore(CI);
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00001870 // Mark this instruction as "inserted by CGP", so that other
1871 // optimizations don't touch it.
1872 InsertedInsts.insert(ExtVal);
Ahmed Bougacha236f9042015-05-22 21:37:17 +00001873 return true;
1874 }
Florian Hahn3b251962019-02-05 10:27:40 +00001875
Piotr Padlewski5dde8092018-05-03 11:03:01 +00001876 case Intrinsic::launder_invariant_group:
Krzysztof Pszeniczny2bfe7592018-10-19 19:02:16 +00001877 case Intrinsic::strip_invariant_group: {
1878 Value *ArgVal = II->getArgOperand(0);
1879 auto it = LargeOffsetGEPMap.find(II);
1880 if (it != LargeOffsetGEPMap.end()) {
1881 // Merge entries in LargeOffsetGEPMap to reflect the RAUW.
1882 // Make sure not to have to deal with iterator invalidation
1883 // after possibly adding ArgVal to LargeOffsetGEPMap.
1884 auto GEPs = std::move(it->second);
1885 LargeOffsetGEPMap[ArgVal].append(GEPs.begin(), GEPs.end());
1886 LargeOffsetGEPMap.erase(II);
1887 }
1888
1889 II->replaceAllUsesWith(ArgVal);
Piotr Padlewski6c15ec42015-09-15 18:32:14 +00001890 II->eraseFromParent();
1891 return true;
Krzysztof Pszeniczny2bfe7592018-10-19 19:02:16 +00001892 }
Sanjay Patel4699b8a2015-11-19 16:37:10 +00001893 case Intrinsic::cttz:
1894 case Intrinsic::ctlz:
1895 // If counting zeros is expensive, try to avoid it.
1896 return despeculateCountZeros(II, TLI, DL, ModifiedDT);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001897 }
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001898
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001899 if (TLI) {
1900 SmallVector<Value*, 2> PtrOps;
1901 Type *AccessTy;
Matt Arsenault1672b1b2017-02-08 07:09:03 +00001902 if (TLI->getAddrModeArguments(II, PtrOps, AccessTy))
1903 while (!PtrOps.empty()) {
1904 Value *PtrVal = PtrOps.pop_back_val();
1905 unsigned AS = PtrVal->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
1906 if (optimizeMemoryInst(II, PtrVal, AccessTy, AS))
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001907 return true;
Matt Arsenault1672b1b2017-02-08 07:09:03 +00001908 }
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001909 }
Pete Cooper615fd892012-03-13 20:59:56 +00001910 }
1911
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001912 // From here on out we're working with named functions.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00001913 if (!CI->getCalledFunction()) return false;
Devang Patel0da52502011-05-26 21:51:06 +00001914
Benjamin Kramer7b88a492010-03-12 09:27:41 +00001915 // Lower all default uses of _chk calls. This is very similar
1916 // to what InstCombineCalls does, but here we are only lowering calls
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001917 // to fortified library functions (e.g. __memcpy_chk) that have the default
1918 // "don't know" as the objectsize. Anything else should be left alone.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001919 FortifiedLibCallSimplifier Simplifier(TLInfo, true);
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001920 if (Value *V = Simplifier.optimizeCall(CI)) {
1921 CI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
1922 CI->eraseFromParent();
1923 return true;
1924 }
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +00001925
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001926 return false;
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001927}
Chris Lattner1b93be52011-01-15 07:25:29 +00001928
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001929/// Look for opportunities to duplicate return instructions to the predecessor
1930/// to enable tail call optimizations. The case it is currently looking for is:
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001931/// @code
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001932/// bb0:
1933/// %tmp0 = tail call i32 @f0()
1934/// br label %return
1935/// bb1:
1936/// %tmp1 = tail call i32 @f1()
1937/// br label %return
1938/// bb2:
1939/// %tmp2 = tail call i32 @f2()
1940/// br label %return
1941/// return:
1942/// %retval = phi i32 [ %tmp0, %bb0 ], [ %tmp1, %bb1 ], [ %tmp2, %bb2 ]
1943/// ret i32 %retval
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001944/// @endcode
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001945///
1946/// =>
1947///
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001948/// @code
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001949/// bb0:
1950/// %tmp0 = tail call i32 @f0()
1951/// ret i32 %tmp0
1952/// bb1:
1953/// %tmp1 = tail call i32 @f1()
1954/// ret i32 %tmp1
1955/// bb2:
1956/// %tmp2 = tail call i32 @f2()
1957/// ret i32 %tmp2
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001958/// @endcode
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00001959bool CodeGenPrepare::dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(BasicBlock *BB) {
Cameron Zwarich47e71752011-03-24 04:51:51 +00001960 if (!TLI)
1961 return false;
1962
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001963 ReturnInst *RetI = dyn_cast<ReturnInst>(BB->getTerminator());
1964 if (!RetI)
Benjamin Kramer455fa352012-11-23 19:17:06 +00001965 return false;
1966
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00001967 PHINode *PN = nullptr;
1968 BitCastInst *BCI = nullptr;
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001969 Value *V = RetI->getReturnValue();
Evan Cheng249716e2012-07-27 21:21:26 +00001970 if (V) {
1971 BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(V);
1972 if (BCI)
1973 V = BCI->getOperand(0);
1974
1975 PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V);
1976 if (!PN)
1977 return false;
1978 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001979
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001980 if (PN && PN->getParent() != BB)
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001981 return false;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001982
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001983 // Make sure there are no instructions between the PHI and return, or that the
1984 // return is the first instruction in the block.
1985 if (PN) {
1986 BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin();
Jonas Paulsson5ed4d462019-01-29 09:03:35 +00001987 // Skip over debug and the bitcast.
1988 do { ++BI; } while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BI) || &*BI == BCI);
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001989 if (&*BI != RetI)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001990 return false;
1991 } else {
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00001992 BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin();
1993 while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BI)) ++BI;
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001994 if (&*BI != RetI)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001995 return false;
1996 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001997
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001998 /// Only dup the ReturnInst if the CallInst is likely to be emitted as a tail
1999 /// call.
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +00002000 const Function *F = BB->getParent();
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00002001 SmallVector<CallInst*, 4> TailCalls;
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00002002 if (PN) {
2003 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) {
2004 CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(PN->getIncomingValue(I));
2005 // Make sure the phi value is indeed produced by the tail call.
2006 if (CI && CI->hasOneUse() && CI->getParent() == PN->getIncomingBlock(I) &&
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +00002007 TLI->mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(CI) &&
2008 attributesPermitTailCall(F, CI, RetI, *TLI))
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00002009 TailCalls.push_back(CI);
2010 }
2011 } else {
2012 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 4> VisitedBBs;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +00002013 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), PE = pred_end(BB); PI != PE; ++PI) {
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00002014 if (!VisitedBBs.insert(*PI).second)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00002015 continue;
2016
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +00002017 BasicBlock::InstListType &InstList = (*PI)->getInstList();
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00002018 BasicBlock::InstListType::reverse_iterator RI = InstList.rbegin();
2019 BasicBlock::InstListType::reverse_iterator RE = InstList.rend();
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00002020 do { ++RI; } while (RI != RE && isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(&*RI));
2021 if (RI == RE)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00002022 continue;
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00002023
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00002024 CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(&*RI);
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +00002025 if (CI && CI->use_empty() && TLI->mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(CI) &&
2026 attributesPermitTailCall(F, CI, RetI, *TLI))
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00002027 TailCalls.push_back(CI);
2028 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00002029 }
2030
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00002031 bool Changed = false;
2032 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TailCalls.size(); i != e; ++i) {
2033 CallInst *CI = TailCalls[i];
2034 CallSite CS(CI);
2035
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00002036 // Make sure the call instruction is followed by an unconditional branch to
2037 // the return block.
2038 BasicBlock *CallBB = CI->getParent();
2039 BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(CallBB->getTerminator());
2040 if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional() || BI->getSuccessor(0) != BB)
2041 continue;
2042
2043 // Duplicate the return into CallBB.
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00002044 (void)FoldReturnIntoUncondBranch(RetI, BB, CallBB);
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +00002045 ModifiedDT = Changed = true;
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00002046 ++NumRetsDup;
2047 }
2048
2049 // If we eliminated all predecessors of the block, delete the block now.
Evan Cheng64a223a2012-09-28 23:58:57 +00002050 if (Changed && !BB->hasAddressTaken() && pred_begin(BB) == pred_end(BB))
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00002051 BB->eraseFromParent();
2052
2053 return Changed;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00002054}
2055
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00002056//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00002057// Memory Optimization
2058//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2059
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002060namespace {
2061
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002062/// This is an extended version of TargetLowering::AddrMode
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002063/// which holds actual Value*'s for register values.
Chandler Carruth95f83e02013-01-07 15:14:13 +00002064struct ExtAddrMode : public TargetLowering::AddrMode {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002065 Value *BaseReg = nullptr;
2066 Value *ScaledReg = nullptr;
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002067 Value *OriginalValue = nullptr;
2068
2069 enum FieldName {
2070 NoField = 0x00,
2071 BaseRegField = 0x01,
2072 BaseGVField = 0x02,
2073 BaseOffsField = 0x04,
2074 ScaledRegField = 0x08,
2075 ScaleField = 0x10,
2076 MultipleFields = 0xff
2077 };
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002078
2079 ExtAddrMode() = default;
2080
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002081 void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
2082 void dump() const;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002083
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002084 FieldName compare(const ExtAddrMode &other) {
2085 // First check that the types are the same on each field, as differing types
2086 // is something we can't cope with later on.
2087 if (BaseReg && other.BaseReg &&
2088 BaseReg->getType() != other.BaseReg->getType())
2089 return MultipleFields;
2090 if (BaseGV && other.BaseGV &&
2091 BaseGV->getType() != other.BaseGV->getType())
2092 return MultipleFields;
2093 if (ScaledReg && other.ScaledReg &&
2094 ScaledReg->getType() != other.ScaledReg->getType())
2095 return MultipleFields;
2096
2097 // Check each field to see if it differs.
2098 unsigned Result = NoField;
2099 if (BaseReg != other.BaseReg)
2100 Result |= BaseRegField;
2101 if (BaseGV != other.BaseGV)
2102 Result |= BaseGVField;
2103 if (BaseOffs != other.BaseOffs)
2104 Result |= BaseOffsField;
2105 if (ScaledReg != other.ScaledReg)
2106 Result |= ScaledRegField;
2107 // Don't count 0 as being a different scale, because that actually means
2108 // unscaled (which will already be counted by having no ScaledReg).
2109 if (Scale && other.Scale && Scale != other.Scale)
2110 Result |= ScaleField;
2111
2112 if (countPopulation(Result) > 1)
2113 return MultipleFields;
2114 else
2115 return static_cast<FieldName>(Result);
2116 }
2117
John Brawn4b476482017-11-27 11:29:15 +00002118 // An AddrMode is trivial if it involves no calculation i.e. it is just a base
2119 // with no offset.
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002120 bool isTrivial() {
John Brawn4b476482017-11-27 11:29:15 +00002121 // An AddrMode is (BaseGV + BaseReg + BaseOffs + ScaleReg * Scale) so it is
2122 // trivial if at most one of these terms is nonzero, except that BaseGV and
2123 // BaseReg both being zero actually means a null pointer value, which we
2124 // consider to be 'non-zero' here.
2125 return !BaseOffs && !Scale && !(BaseGV && BaseReg);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002126 }
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00002127
2128 Value *GetFieldAsValue(FieldName Field, Type *IntPtrTy) {
2129 switch (Field) {
2130 default:
2131 return nullptr;
2132 case BaseRegField:
2133 return BaseReg;
2134 case BaseGVField:
2135 return BaseGV;
2136 case ScaledRegField:
2137 return ScaledReg;
2138 case BaseOffsField:
2139 return ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, BaseOffs);
2140 }
2141 }
2142
2143 void SetCombinedField(FieldName Field, Value *V,
2144 const SmallVectorImpl<ExtAddrMode> &AddrModes) {
2145 switch (Field) {
2146 default:
2147 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled fields are expected to be rejected earlier");
2148 break;
2149 case ExtAddrMode::BaseRegField:
2150 BaseReg = V;
2151 break;
2152 case ExtAddrMode::BaseGVField:
2153 // A combined BaseGV is an Instruction, not a GlobalValue, so it goes
2154 // in the BaseReg field.
2155 assert(BaseReg == nullptr);
2156 BaseReg = V;
2157 BaseGV = nullptr;
2158 break;
2159 case ExtAddrMode::ScaledRegField:
2160 ScaledReg = V;
2161 // If we have a mix of scaled and unscaled addrmodes then we want scale
2162 // to be the scale and not zero.
2163 if (!Scale)
2164 for (const ExtAddrMode &AM : AddrModes)
2165 if (AM.Scale) {
2166 Scale = AM.Scale;
2167 break;
2168 }
2169 break;
2170 case ExtAddrMode::BaseOffsField:
2171 // The offset is no longer a constant, so it goes in ScaledReg with a
2172 // scale of 1.
2173 assert(ScaledReg == nullptr);
2174 ScaledReg = V;
2175 Scale = 1;
2176 BaseOffs = 0;
2177 break;
2178 }
2179 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002180};
2181
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002182} // end anonymous namespace
2183
Eli Friedmanc1f1f852013-09-10 23:09:24 +00002184#ifndef NDEBUG
2185static inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const ExtAddrMode &AM) {
2186 AM.print(OS);
2187 return OS;
2188}
2189#endif
2190
Aaron Ballman615eb472017-10-15 14:32:27 +00002191#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002192void ExtAddrMode::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
2193 bool NeedPlus = false;
2194 OS << "[";
2195 if (BaseGV) {
2196 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2197 << "GV:";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00002198 BaseGV->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002199 NeedPlus = true;
2200 }
2201
Richard Trieuc0f91212014-05-30 03:15:17 +00002202 if (BaseOffs) {
2203 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2204 << BaseOffs;
2205 NeedPlus = true;
2206 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002207
2208 if (BaseReg) {
2209 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2210 << "Base:";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00002211 BaseReg->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002212 NeedPlus = true;
2213 }
2214 if (Scale) {
2215 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2216 << Scale << "*";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00002217 ScaledReg->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002218 }
2219
2220 OS << ']';
2221}
2222
Yaron Kereneb2a2542016-01-29 20:50:44 +00002223LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void ExtAddrMode::dump() const {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002224 print(dbgs());
2225 dbgs() << '\n';
2226}
2227#endif
2228
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002229namespace {
2230
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002231/// This class provides transaction based operation on the IR.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002232/// Every change made through this class is recorded in the internal state and
2233/// can be undone (rollback) until commit is called.
2234class TypePromotionTransaction {
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002235 /// This represents the common interface of the individual transaction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002236 /// Each class implements the logic for doing one specific modification on
2237 /// the IR via the TypePromotionTransaction.
2238 class TypePromotionAction {
2239 protected:
2240 /// The Instruction modified.
2241 Instruction *Inst;
2242
2243 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002244 /// Constructor of the action.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002245 /// The constructor performs the related action on the IR.
2246 TypePromotionAction(Instruction *Inst) : Inst(Inst) {}
2247
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002248 virtual ~TypePromotionAction() = default;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002249
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002250 /// Undo the modification done by this action.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002251 /// When this method is called, the IR must be in the same state as it was
2252 /// before this action was applied.
2253 /// \pre Undoing the action works if and only if the IR is in the exact same
2254 /// state as it was directly after this action was applied.
2255 virtual void undo() = 0;
2256
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002257 /// Advocate every change made by this action.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002258 /// When the results on the IR of the action are to be kept, it is important
2259 /// to call this function, otherwise hidden information may be kept forever.
2260 virtual void commit() {
2261 // Nothing to be done, this action is not doing anything.
2262 }
2263 };
2264
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002265 /// Utility to remember the position of an instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002266 class InsertionHandler {
2267 /// Position of an instruction.
2268 /// Either an instruction:
2269 /// - Is the first in a basic block: BB is used.
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00002270 /// - Has a previous instruction: PrevInst is used.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002271 union {
2272 Instruction *PrevInst;
2273 BasicBlock *BB;
2274 } Point;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002275
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002276 /// Remember whether or not the instruction had a previous instruction.
2277 bool HasPrevInstruction;
2278
2279 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002280 /// Record the position of \p Inst.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002281 InsertionHandler(Instruction *Inst) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002282 BasicBlock::iterator It = Inst->getIterator();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002283 HasPrevInstruction = (It != (Inst->getParent()->begin()));
2284 if (HasPrevInstruction)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002285 Point.PrevInst = &*--It;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002286 else
2287 Point.BB = Inst->getParent();
2288 }
2289
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002290 /// Insert \p Inst at the recorded position.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002291 void insert(Instruction *Inst) {
2292 if (HasPrevInstruction) {
2293 if (Inst->getParent())
2294 Inst->removeFromParent();
2295 Inst->insertAfter(Point.PrevInst);
2296 } else {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002297 Instruction *Position = &*Point.BB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002298 if (Inst->getParent())
2299 Inst->moveBefore(Position);
2300 else
2301 Inst->insertBefore(Position);
2302 }
2303 }
2304 };
2305
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002306 /// Move an instruction before another.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002307 class InstructionMoveBefore : public TypePromotionAction {
2308 /// Original position of the instruction.
2309 InsertionHandler Position;
2310
2311 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002312 /// Move \p Inst before \p Before.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002313 InstructionMoveBefore(Instruction *Inst, Instruction *Before)
2314 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Position(Inst) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002315 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: move: " << *Inst << "\nbefore: " << *Before
2316 << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002317 Inst->moveBefore(Before);
2318 }
2319
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002320 /// Move the instruction back to its original position.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002321 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002322 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: moveBefore: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002323 Position.insert(Inst);
2324 }
2325 };
2326
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002327 /// Set the operand of an instruction with a new value.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002328 class OperandSetter : public TypePromotionAction {
2329 /// Original operand of the instruction.
2330 Value *Origin;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002331
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002332 /// Index of the modified instruction.
2333 unsigned Idx;
2334
2335 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002336 /// Set \p Idx operand of \p Inst with \p NewVal.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002337 OperandSetter(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx, Value *NewVal)
2338 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Idx(Idx) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002339 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: setOperand: " << Idx << "\n"
2340 << "for:" << *Inst << "\n"
2341 << "with:" << *NewVal << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002342 Origin = Inst->getOperand(Idx);
2343 Inst->setOperand(Idx, NewVal);
2344 }
2345
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002346 /// Restore the original value of the instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002347 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002348 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: setOperand:" << Idx << "\n"
2349 << "for: " << *Inst << "\n"
2350 << "with: " << *Origin << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002351 Inst->setOperand(Idx, Origin);
2352 }
2353 };
2354
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002355 /// Hide the operands of an instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002356 /// Do as if this instruction was not using any of its operands.
2357 class OperandsHider : public TypePromotionAction {
2358 /// The list of original operands.
2359 SmallVector<Value *, 4> OriginalValues;
2360
2361 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002362 /// Remove \p Inst from the uses of the operands of \p Inst.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002363 OperandsHider(Instruction *Inst) : TypePromotionAction(Inst) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002364 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: OperandsHider: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002365 unsigned NumOpnds = Inst->getNumOperands();
2366 OriginalValues.reserve(NumOpnds);
2367 for (unsigned It = 0; It < NumOpnds; ++It) {
2368 // Save the current operand.
2369 Value *Val = Inst->getOperand(It);
2370 OriginalValues.push_back(Val);
2371 // Set a dummy one.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00002372 // We could use OperandSetter here, but that would imply an overhead
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002373 // that we are not willing to pay.
2374 Inst->setOperand(It, UndefValue::get(Val->getType()));
2375 }
2376 }
2377
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002378 /// Restore the original list of uses.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002379 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002380 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: OperandsHider: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002381 for (unsigned It = 0, EndIt = OriginalValues.size(); It != EndIt; ++It)
2382 Inst->setOperand(It, OriginalValues[It]);
2383 }
2384 };
2385
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002386 /// Build a truncate instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002387 class TruncBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002388 Value *Val;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002389
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002390 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002391 /// Build a truncate instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002392 /// result.
2393 /// trunc Opnd to Ty.
2394 TruncBuilder(Instruction *Opnd, Type *Ty) : TypePromotionAction(Opnd) {
2395 IRBuilder<> Builder(Opnd);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002396 Val = Builder.CreateTrunc(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002397 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: TruncBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002398 }
2399
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002400 /// Get the built value.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002401 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002402
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002403 /// Remove the built instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002404 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002405 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: TruncBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002406 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2407 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002408 }
2409 };
2410
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002411 /// Build a sign extension instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002412 class SExtBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002413 Value *Val;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002414
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002415 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002416 /// Build a sign extension instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002417 /// result.
2418 /// sext Opnd to Ty.
2419 SExtBuilder(Instruction *InsertPt, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty)
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002420 : TypePromotionAction(InsertPt) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002421 IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002422 Val = Builder.CreateSExt(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002423 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: SExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002424 }
2425
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002426 /// Get the built value.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002427 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002428
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002429 /// Remove the built instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002430 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002431 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: SExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002432 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2433 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002434 }
2435 };
2436
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002437 /// Build a zero extension instruction.
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002438 class ZExtBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002439 Value *Val;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002440
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002441 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002442 /// Build a zero extension instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002443 /// result.
2444 /// zext Opnd to Ty.
2445 ZExtBuilder(Instruction *InsertPt, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty)
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002446 : TypePromotionAction(InsertPt) {
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002447 IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002448 Val = Builder.CreateZExt(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002449 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: ZExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002450 }
2451
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002452 /// Get the built value.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002453 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002454
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002455 /// Remove the built instruction.
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002456 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002457 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: ZExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002458 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2459 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002460 }
2461 };
2462
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002463 /// Mutate an instruction to another type.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002464 class TypeMutator : public TypePromotionAction {
2465 /// Record the original type.
2466 Type *OrigTy;
2467
2468 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002469 /// Mutate the type of \p Inst into \p NewTy.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002470 TypeMutator(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy)
2471 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), OrigTy(Inst->getType()) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002472 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: MutateType: " << *Inst << " with " << *NewTy
2473 << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002474 Inst->mutateType(NewTy);
2475 }
2476
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002477 /// Mutate the instruction back to its original type.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002478 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002479 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: MutateType: " << *Inst << " with " << *OrigTy
2480 << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002481 Inst->mutateType(OrigTy);
2482 }
2483 };
2484
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002485 /// Replace the uses of an instruction by another instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002486 class UsesReplacer : public TypePromotionAction {
2487 /// Helper structure to keep track of the replaced uses.
2488 struct InstructionAndIdx {
2489 /// The instruction using the instruction.
2490 Instruction *Inst;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002491
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002492 /// The index where this instruction is used for Inst.
2493 unsigned Idx;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002494
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002495 InstructionAndIdx(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx)
2496 : Inst(Inst), Idx(Idx) {}
2497 };
2498
2499 /// Keep track of the original uses (pair Instruction, Index).
2500 SmallVector<InstructionAndIdx, 4> OriginalUses;
Wolfgang Piebac874c42018-12-11 21:13:53 +00002501 /// Keep track of the debug users.
2502 SmallVector<DbgValueInst *, 1> DbgValues;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002503
2504 using use_iterator = SmallVectorImpl<InstructionAndIdx>::iterator;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002505
2506 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002507 /// Replace all the use of \p Inst by \p New.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002508 UsesReplacer(Instruction *Inst, Value *New) : TypePromotionAction(Inst) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002509 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: UsersReplacer: " << *Inst << " with " << *New
2510 << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002511 // Record the original uses.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00002512 for (Use &U : Inst->uses()) {
2513 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
2514 OriginalUses.push_back(InstructionAndIdx(UserI, U.getOperandNo()));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002515 }
Wolfgang Piebac874c42018-12-11 21:13:53 +00002516 // Record the debug uses separately. They are not in the instruction's
2517 // use list, but they are replaced by RAUW.
2518 findDbgValues(DbgValues, Inst);
2519
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002520 // Now, we can replace the uses.
2521 Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(New);
2522 }
2523
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002524 /// Reassign the original uses of Inst to Inst.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002525 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002526 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: UsersReplacer: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002527 for (use_iterator UseIt = OriginalUses.begin(),
2528 EndIt = OriginalUses.end();
2529 UseIt != EndIt; ++UseIt) {
2530 UseIt->Inst->setOperand(UseIt->Idx, Inst);
2531 }
Wolfgang Piebac874c42018-12-11 21:13:53 +00002532 // RAUW has replaced all original uses with references to the new value,
2533 // including the debug uses. Since we are undoing the replacements,
2534 // the original debug uses must also be reinstated to maintain the
2535 // correctness and utility of debug value instructions.
2536 for (auto *DVI: DbgValues) {
2537 LLVMContext &Ctx = Inst->getType()->getContext();
2538 auto *MV = MetadataAsValue::get(Ctx, ValueAsMetadata::get(Inst));
2539 DVI->setOperand(0, MV);
2540 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002541 }
2542 };
2543
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002544 /// Remove an instruction from the IR.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002545 class InstructionRemover : public TypePromotionAction {
2546 /// Original position of the instruction.
2547 InsertionHandler Inserter;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002548
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002549 /// Helper structure to hide all the link to the instruction. In other
2550 /// words, this helps to do as if the instruction was removed.
2551 OperandsHider Hider;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002552
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002553 /// Keep track of the uses replaced, if any.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002554 UsesReplacer *Replacer = nullptr;
2555
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002556 /// Keep track of instructions removed.
2557 SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002558
2559 public:
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00002560 /// Remove all reference of \p Inst and optionally replace all its
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002561 /// uses with New.
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002562 /// \p RemovedInsts Keep track of the instructions removed by this Action.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002563 /// \pre If !Inst->use_empty(), then New != nullptr
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002564 InstructionRemover(Instruction *Inst, SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts,
2565 Value *New = nullptr)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002566 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Inserter(Inst), Hider(Inst),
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002567 RemovedInsts(RemovedInsts) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002568 if (New)
2569 Replacer = new UsesReplacer(Inst, New);
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002570 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: InstructionRemover: " << *Inst << "\n");
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002571 RemovedInsts.insert(Inst);
2572 /// The instructions removed here will be freed after completing
2573 /// optimizeBlock() for all blocks as we need to keep track of the
2574 /// removed instructions during promotion.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002575 Inst->removeFromParent();
2576 }
2577
Alexander Kornienkof817c1c2015-04-11 02:11:45 +00002578 ~InstructionRemover() override { delete Replacer; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002579
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002580 /// Resurrect the instruction and reassign it to the proper uses if
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002581 /// new value was provided when build this action.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002582 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002583 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: InstructionRemover: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002584 Inserter.insert(Inst);
2585 if (Replacer)
2586 Replacer->undo();
2587 Hider.undo();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002588 RemovedInsts.erase(Inst);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002589 }
2590 };
2591
2592public:
2593 /// Restoration point.
2594 /// The restoration point is a pointer to an action instead of an iterator
2595 /// because the iterator may be invalidated but not the pointer.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002596 using ConstRestorationPt = const TypePromotionAction *;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002597
2598 TypePromotionTransaction(SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts)
2599 : RemovedInsts(RemovedInsts) {}
2600
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002601 /// Advocate every changes made in that transaction.
2602 void commit();
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002603
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002604 /// Undo all the changes made after the given point.
2605 void rollback(ConstRestorationPt Point);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002606
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002607 /// Get the current restoration point.
2608 ConstRestorationPt getRestorationPoint() const;
2609
2610 /// \name API for IR modification with state keeping to support rollback.
2611 /// @{
2612 /// Same as Instruction::setOperand.
2613 void setOperand(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx, Value *NewVal);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002614
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002615 /// Same as Instruction::eraseFromParent.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002616 void eraseInstruction(Instruction *Inst, Value *NewVal = nullptr);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002617
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002618 /// Same as Value::replaceAllUsesWith.
2619 void replaceAllUsesWith(Instruction *Inst, Value *New);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002620
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002621 /// Same as Value::mutateType.
2622 void mutateType(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002623
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002624 /// Same as IRBuilder::createTrunc.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002625 Value *createTrunc(Instruction *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002626
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002627 /// Same as IRBuilder::createSExt.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002628 Value *createSExt(Instruction *Inst, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002629
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002630 /// Same as IRBuilder::createZExt.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002631 Value *createZExt(Instruction *Inst, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002632
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002633 /// Same as Instruction::moveBefore.
2634 void moveBefore(Instruction *Inst, Instruction *Before);
2635 /// @}
2636
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002637private:
2638 /// The ordered list of actions made so far.
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002639 SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction>, 16> Actions;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002640
2641 using CommitPt = SmallVectorImpl<std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction>>::iterator;
2642
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002643 SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002644};
2645
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002646} // end anonymous namespace
2647
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002648void TypePromotionTransaction::setOperand(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx,
2649 Value *NewVal) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002650 Actions.push_back(llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::OperandSetter>(
2651 Inst, Idx, NewVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002652}
2653
2654void TypePromotionTransaction::eraseInstruction(Instruction *Inst,
2655 Value *NewVal) {
2656 Actions.push_back(
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002657 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::InstructionRemover>(
2658 Inst, RemovedInsts, NewVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002659}
2660
2661void TypePromotionTransaction::replaceAllUsesWith(Instruction *Inst,
2662 Value *New) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002663 Actions.push_back(
2664 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::UsesReplacer>(Inst, New));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002665}
2666
2667void TypePromotionTransaction::mutateType(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002668 Actions.push_back(
2669 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::TypeMutator>(Inst, NewTy));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002670}
2671
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002672Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createTrunc(Instruction *Opnd,
2673 Type *Ty) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002674 std::unique_ptr<TruncBuilder> Ptr(new TruncBuilder(Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002675 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002676 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002677 return Val;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002678}
2679
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002680Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createSExt(Instruction *Inst,
2681 Value *Opnd, Type *Ty) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002682 std::unique_ptr<SExtBuilder> Ptr(new SExtBuilder(Inst, Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002683 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002684 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002685 return Val;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002686}
2687
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002688Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createZExt(Instruction *Inst,
2689 Value *Opnd, Type *Ty) {
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002690 std::unique_ptr<ZExtBuilder> Ptr(new ZExtBuilder(Inst, Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002691 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002692 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002693 return Val;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002694}
2695
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002696void TypePromotionTransaction::moveBefore(Instruction *Inst,
2697 Instruction *Before) {
2698 Actions.push_back(
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002699 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::InstructionMoveBefore>(
2700 Inst, Before));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002701}
2702
2703TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt
2704TypePromotionTransaction::getRestorationPoint() const {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002705 return !Actions.empty() ? Actions.back().get() : nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002706}
2707
2708void TypePromotionTransaction::commit() {
2709 for (CommitPt It = Actions.begin(), EndIt = Actions.end(); It != EndIt;
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002710 ++It)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002711 (*It)->commit();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002712 Actions.clear();
2713}
2714
2715void TypePromotionTransaction::rollback(
2716 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt Point) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002717 while (!Actions.empty() && Point != Actions.back().get()) {
2718 std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction> Curr = Actions.pop_back_val();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002719 Curr->undo();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002720 }
2721}
2722
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002723namespace {
2724
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002725/// A helper class for matching addressing modes.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002726///
2727/// This encapsulates the logic for matching the target-legal addressing modes.
2728class AddressingModeMatcher {
2729 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &AddrModeInsts;
2730 const TargetLowering &TLI;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00002731 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00002732 const DataLayout &DL;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002733
2734 /// AccessTy/MemoryInst - This is the type for the access (e.g. double) and
2735 /// the memory instruction that we're computing this address for.
2736 Type *AccessTy;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00002737 unsigned AddrSpace;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002738 Instruction *MemoryInst;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002739
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002740 /// This is the addressing mode that we're building up. This is
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002741 /// part of the return value of this addressing mode matching stuff.
2742 ExtAddrMode &AddrMode;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002743
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002744 /// The instructions inserted by other CodeGenPrepare optimizations.
2745 const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002746
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002747 /// A map from the instructions to their type before promotion.
2748 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002749
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002750 /// The ongoing transaction where every action should be registered.
2751 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT;
2752
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002753 // A GEP which has too large offset to be folded into the addressing mode.
2754 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> &LargeOffsetGEP;
2755
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002756 /// This is set to true when we should not do profitability checks.
2757 /// When true, IsProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode always returns true.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002758 bool IgnoreProfitability;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002759
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002760 AddressingModeMatcher(
2761 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &AMI, const TargetLowering &TLI,
2762 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, Type *AT, unsigned AS, Instruction *MI,
2763 ExtAddrMode &AM, const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
2764 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
2765 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> &LargeOffsetGEP)
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00002766 : AddrModeInsts(AMI), TLI(TLI), TRI(TRI),
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00002767 DL(MI->getModule()->getDataLayout()), AccessTy(AT), AddrSpace(AS),
2768 MemoryInst(MI), AddrMode(AM), InsertedInsts(InsertedInsts),
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002769 PromotedInsts(PromotedInsts), TPT(TPT), LargeOffsetGEP(LargeOffsetGEP) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002770 IgnoreProfitability = false;
2771 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002772
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002773public:
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002774 /// Find the maximal addressing mode that a load/store of V can fold,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002775 /// give an access type of AccessTy. This returns a list of involved
2776 /// instructions in AddrModeInsts.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002777 /// \p InsertedInsts The instructions inserted by other CodeGenPrepare
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002778 /// optimizations.
2779 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
2780 /// \p The ongoing transaction where every action should be registered.
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002781 static ExtAddrMode
2782 Match(Value *V, Type *AccessTy, unsigned AS, Instruction *MemoryInst,
2783 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &AddrModeInsts,
2784 const TargetLowering &TLI, const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI,
2785 const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts, InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
2786 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
2787 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> &LargeOffsetGEP) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002788 ExtAddrMode Result;
2789
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002790 bool Success = AddressingModeMatcher(AddrModeInsts, TLI, TRI, AccessTy, AS,
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002791 MemoryInst, Result, InsertedInsts,
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002792 PromotedInsts, TPT, LargeOffsetGEP)
2793 .matchAddr(V, 0);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002794 (void)Success; assert(Success && "Couldn't select *anything*?");
2795 return Result;
2796 }
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002797
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002798private:
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002799 bool matchScaledValue(Value *ScaleReg, int64_t Scale, unsigned Depth);
Fangrui Songcb0bab82018-07-16 18:51:40 +00002800 bool matchAddr(Value *Addr, unsigned Depth);
2801 bool matchOperationAddr(User *AddrInst, unsigned Opcode, unsigned Depth,
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002802 bool *MovedAway = nullptr);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002803 bool isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(Instruction *I,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002804 ExtAddrMode &AMBefore,
2805 ExtAddrMode &AMAfter);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002806 bool valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(Value *Val, Value *KnownLive1, Value *KnownLive2);
2807 bool isPromotionProfitable(unsigned NewCost, unsigned OldCost,
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00002808 Value *PromotedOperand) const;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002809};
2810
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00002811class PhiNodeSet;
2812
2813/// An iterator for PhiNodeSet.
2814class PhiNodeSetIterator {
2815 PhiNodeSet * const Set;
2816 size_t CurrentIndex = 0;
2817
2818public:
2819 /// The constructor. Start should point to either a valid element, or be equal
2820 /// to the size of the underlying SmallVector of the PhiNodeSet.
2821 PhiNodeSetIterator(PhiNodeSet * const Set, size_t Start);
2822 PHINode * operator*() const;
2823 PhiNodeSetIterator& operator++();
2824 bool operator==(const PhiNodeSetIterator &RHS) const;
2825 bool operator!=(const PhiNodeSetIterator &RHS) const;
2826};
2827
2828/// Keeps a set of PHINodes.
2829///
2830/// This is a minimal set implementation for a specific use case:
2831/// It is very fast when there are very few elements, but also provides good
2832/// performance when there are many. It is similar to SmallPtrSet, but also
2833/// provides iteration by insertion order, which is deterministic and stable
2834/// across runs. It is also similar to SmallSetVector, but provides removing
2835/// elements in O(1) time. This is achieved by not actually removing the element
2836/// from the underlying vector, so comes at the cost of using more memory, but
2837/// that is fine, since PhiNodeSets are used as short lived objects.
2838class PhiNodeSet {
2839 friend class PhiNodeSetIterator;
2840
2841 using MapType = SmallDenseMap<PHINode *, size_t, 32>;
2842 using iterator = PhiNodeSetIterator;
2843
2844 /// Keeps the elements in the order of their insertion in the underlying
2845 /// vector. To achieve constant time removal, it never deletes any element.
2846 SmallVector<PHINode *, 32> NodeList;
2847
2848 /// Keeps the elements in the underlying set implementation. This (and not the
2849 /// NodeList defined above) is the source of truth on whether an element
2850 /// is actually in the collection.
2851 MapType NodeMap;
2852
2853 /// Points to the first valid (not deleted) element when the set is not empty
2854 /// and the value is not zero. Equals to the size of the underlying vector
2855 /// when the set is empty. When the value is 0, as in the beginning, the
2856 /// first element may or may not be valid.
2857 size_t FirstValidElement = 0;
2858
2859public:
2860 /// Inserts a new element to the collection.
2861 /// \returns true if the element is actually added, i.e. was not in the
2862 /// collection before the operation.
2863 bool insert(PHINode *Ptr) {
2864 if (NodeMap.insert(std::make_pair(Ptr, NodeList.size())).second) {
2865 NodeList.push_back(Ptr);
2866 return true;
2867 }
2868 return false;
2869 }
2870
2871 /// Removes the element from the collection.
2872 /// \returns whether the element is actually removed, i.e. was in the
2873 /// collection before the operation.
2874 bool erase(PHINode *Ptr) {
2875 auto it = NodeMap.find(Ptr);
2876 if (it != NodeMap.end()) {
2877 NodeMap.erase(Ptr);
2878 SkipRemovedElements(FirstValidElement);
2879 return true;
2880 }
2881 return false;
2882 }
2883
2884 /// Removes all elements and clears the collection.
2885 void clear() {
2886 NodeMap.clear();
2887 NodeList.clear();
2888 FirstValidElement = 0;
2889 }
2890
2891 /// \returns an iterator that will iterate the elements in the order of
2892 /// insertion.
2893 iterator begin() {
2894 if (FirstValidElement == 0)
2895 SkipRemovedElements(FirstValidElement);
2896 return PhiNodeSetIterator(this, FirstValidElement);
2897 }
2898
2899 /// \returns an iterator that points to the end of the collection.
2900 iterator end() { return PhiNodeSetIterator(this, NodeList.size()); }
2901
2902 /// Returns the number of elements in the collection.
2903 size_t size() const {
2904 return NodeMap.size();
2905 }
2906
2907 /// \returns 1 if the given element is in the collection, and 0 if otherwise.
2908 size_t count(PHINode *Ptr) const {
2909 return NodeMap.count(Ptr);
2910 }
2911
2912private:
2913 /// Updates the CurrentIndex so that it will point to a valid element.
2914 ///
2915 /// If the element of NodeList at CurrentIndex is valid, it does not
2916 /// change it. If there are no more valid elements, it updates CurrentIndex
2917 /// to point to the end of the NodeList.
2918 void SkipRemovedElements(size_t &CurrentIndex) {
2919 while (CurrentIndex < NodeList.size()) {
2920 auto it = NodeMap.find(NodeList[CurrentIndex]);
2921 // If the element has been deleted and added again later, NodeMap will
2922 // point to a different index, so CurrentIndex will still be invalid.
2923 if (it != NodeMap.end() && it->second == CurrentIndex)
2924 break;
2925 ++CurrentIndex;
2926 }
2927 }
2928};
2929
2930PhiNodeSetIterator::PhiNodeSetIterator(PhiNodeSet *const Set, size_t Start)
2931 : Set(Set), CurrentIndex(Start) {}
2932
2933PHINode * PhiNodeSetIterator::operator*() const {
2934 assert(CurrentIndex < Set->NodeList.size() &&
2935 "PhiNodeSet access out of range");
2936 return Set->NodeList[CurrentIndex];
2937}
2938
2939PhiNodeSetIterator& PhiNodeSetIterator::operator++() {
2940 assert(CurrentIndex < Set->NodeList.size() &&
2941 "PhiNodeSet access out of range");
2942 ++CurrentIndex;
2943 Set->SkipRemovedElements(CurrentIndex);
2944 return *this;
2945}
2946
2947bool PhiNodeSetIterator::operator==(const PhiNodeSetIterator &RHS) const {
2948 return CurrentIndex == RHS.CurrentIndex;
2949}
2950
2951bool PhiNodeSetIterator::operator!=(const PhiNodeSetIterator &RHS) const {
Serge Guelton12c7a962018-11-19 10:05:28 +00002952 return !((*this) == RHS);
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00002953}
2954
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002955/// Keep track of simplification of Phi nodes.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002956/// Accept the set of all phi nodes and erase phi node from this set
2957/// if it is simplified.
2958class SimplificationTracker {
2959 DenseMap<Value *, Value *> Storage;
2960 const SimplifyQuery &SQ;
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00002961 // Tracks newly created Phi nodes. The elements are iterated by insertion
2962 // order.
2963 PhiNodeSet AllPhiNodes;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002964 // Tracks newly created Select nodes.
2965 SmallPtrSet<SelectInst *, 32> AllSelectNodes;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002966
2967public:
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002968 SimplificationTracker(const SimplifyQuery &sq)
2969 : SQ(sq) {}
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002970
2971 Value *Get(Value *V) {
2972 do {
2973 auto SV = Storage.find(V);
2974 if (SV == Storage.end())
2975 return V;
2976 V = SV->second;
2977 } while (true);
2978 }
2979
2980 Value *Simplify(Value *Val) {
2981 SmallVector<Value *, 32> WorkList;
2982 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 32> Visited;
2983 WorkList.push_back(Val);
2984 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
2985 auto P = WorkList.pop_back_val();
2986 if (!Visited.insert(P).second)
2987 continue;
2988 if (auto *PI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(P))
2989 if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(cast<Instruction>(PI), SQ)) {
2990 for (auto *U : PI->users())
2991 WorkList.push_back(cast<Value>(U));
2992 Put(PI, V);
2993 PI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
2994 if (auto *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PI))
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00002995 AllPhiNodes.erase(PHI);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002996 if (auto *Select = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(PI))
2997 AllSelectNodes.erase(Select);
2998 PI->eraseFromParent();
2999 }
3000 }
3001 return Get(Val);
3002 }
3003
3004 void Put(Value *From, Value *To) {
3005 Storage.insert({ From, To });
3006 }
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003007
3008 void ReplacePhi(PHINode *From, PHINode *To) {
3009 Value* OldReplacement = Get(From);
3010 while (OldReplacement != From) {
3011 From = To;
3012 To = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OldReplacement);
3013 OldReplacement = Get(From);
3014 }
3015 assert(Get(To) == To && "Replacement PHI node is already replaced.");
3016 Put(From, To);
3017 From->replaceAllUsesWith(To);
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00003018 AllPhiNodes.erase(From);
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003019 From->eraseFromParent();
3020 }
3021
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00003022 PhiNodeSet& newPhiNodes() { return AllPhiNodes; }
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003023
3024 void insertNewPhi(PHINode *PN) { AllPhiNodes.insert(PN); }
3025
3026 void insertNewSelect(SelectInst *SI) { AllSelectNodes.insert(SI); }
3027
3028 unsigned countNewPhiNodes() const { return AllPhiNodes.size(); }
3029
3030 unsigned countNewSelectNodes() const { return AllSelectNodes.size(); }
3031
3032 void destroyNewNodes(Type *CommonType) {
3033 // For safe erasing, replace the uses with dummy value first.
3034 auto Dummy = UndefValue::get(CommonType);
3035 for (auto I : AllPhiNodes) {
3036 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Dummy);
3037 I->eraseFromParent();
3038 }
3039 AllPhiNodes.clear();
3040 for (auto I : AllSelectNodes) {
3041 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Dummy);
3042 I->eraseFromParent();
3043 }
3044 AllSelectNodes.clear();
3045 }
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003046};
3047
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003048/// A helper class for combining addressing modes.
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003049class AddressingModeCombiner {
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003050 typedef DenseMap<Value *, Value *> FoldAddrToValueMapping;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003051 typedef std::pair<PHINode *, PHINode *> PHIPair;
3052
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003053private:
3054 /// The addressing modes we've collected.
3055 SmallVector<ExtAddrMode, 16> AddrModes;
3056
3057 /// The field in which the AddrModes differ, when we have more than one.
3058 ExtAddrMode::FieldName DifferentField = ExtAddrMode::NoField;
3059
3060 /// Are the AddrModes that we have all just equal to their original values?
3061 bool AllAddrModesTrivial = true;
3062
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003063 /// Common Type for all different fields in addressing modes.
3064 Type *CommonType;
3065
3066 /// SimplifyQuery for simplifyInstruction utility.
3067 const SimplifyQuery &SQ;
3068
3069 /// Original Address.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003070 Value *Original;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003071
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003072public:
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003073 AddressingModeCombiner(const SimplifyQuery &_SQ, Value *OriginalValue)
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003074 : CommonType(nullptr), SQ(_SQ), Original(OriginalValue) {}
3075
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003076 /// Get the combined AddrMode
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003077 const ExtAddrMode &getAddrMode() const {
3078 return AddrModes[0];
3079 }
3080
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003081 /// Add a new AddrMode if it's compatible with the AddrModes we already
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003082 /// have.
3083 /// \return True iff we succeeded in doing so.
3084 bool addNewAddrMode(ExtAddrMode &NewAddrMode) {
3085 // Take note of if we have any non-trivial AddrModes, as we need to detect
3086 // when all AddrModes are trivial as then we would introduce a phi or select
3087 // which just duplicates what's already there.
3088 AllAddrModesTrivial = AllAddrModesTrivial && NewAddrMode.isTrivial();
3089
3090 // If this is the first addrmode then everything is fine.
3091 if (AddrModes.empty()) {
3092 AddrModes.emplace_back(NewAddrMode);
3093 return true;
3094 }
3095
3096 // Figure out how different this is from the other address modes, which we
3097 // can do just by comparing against the first one given that we only care
3098 // about the cumulative difference.
3099 ExtAddrMode::FieldName ThisDifferentField =
3100 AddrModes[0].compare(NewAddrMode);
3101 if (DifferentField == ExtAddrMode::NoField)
3102 DifferentField = ThisDifferentField;
3103 else if (DifferentField != ThisDifferentField)
3104 DifferentField = ExtAddrMode::MultipleFields;
3105
Serguei Katkov17e57942018-01-23 12:07:49 +00003106 // If NewAddrMode differs in more than one dimension we cannot handle it.
3107 bool CanHandle = DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::MultipleFields;
3108
3109 // If Scale Field is different then we reject.
3110 CanHandle = CanHandle && DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::ScaleField;
3111
Serguei Katkov4d1dd6b2018-01-09 04:37:06 +00003112 // We also must reject the case when base offset is different and
3113 // scale reg is not null, we cannot handle this case due to merge of
3114 // different offsets will be used as ScaleReg.
Serguei Katkov17e57942018-01-23 12:07:49 +00003115 CanHandle = CanHandle && (DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::BaseOffsField ||
3116 !NewAddrMode.ScaledReg);
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003117
Serguei Katkov17e57942018-01-23 12:07:49 +00003118 // We also must reject the case when GV is different and BaseReg installed
3119 // due to we want to use base reg as a merge of GV values.
3120 CanHandle = CanHandle && (DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::BaseGVField ||
3121 !NewAddrMode.HasBaseReg);
3122
3123 // Even if NewAddMode is the same we still need to collect it due to
3124 // original value is different. And later we will need all original values
3125 // as anchors during finding the common Phi node.
3126 if (CanHandle)
3127 AddrModes.emplace_back(NewAddrMode);
3128 else
3129 AddrModes.clear();
3130
3131 return CanHandle;
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003132 }
3133
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003134 /// Combine the addressing modes we've collected into a single
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003135 /// addressing mode.
3136 /// \return True iff we successfully combined them or we only had one so
3137 /// didn't need to combine them anyway.
3138 bool combineAddrModes() {
3139 // If we have no AddrModes then they can't be combined.
3140 if (AddrModes.size() == 0)
3141 return false;
3142
3143 // A single AddrMode can trivially be combined.
Serguei Katkov505359f2017-11-20 05:42:36 +00003144 if (AddrModes.size() == 1 || DifferentField == ExtAddrMode::NoField)
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003145 return true;
3146
3147 // If the AddrModes we collected are all just equal to the value they are
3148 // derived from then combining them wouldn't do anything useful.
3149 if (AllAddrModesTrivial)
3150 return false;
3151
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00003152 if (!addrModeCombiningAllowed())
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003153 return false;
3154
3155 // Build a map between <original value, basic block where we saw it> to
3156 // value of base register.
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00003157 // Bail out if there is no common type.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003158 FoldAddrToValueMapping Map;
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00003159 if (!initializeMap(Map))
3160 return false;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003161
3162 Value *CommonValue = findCommon(Map);
3163 if (CommonValue)
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00003164 AddrModes[0].SetCombinedField(DifferentField, CommonValue, AddrModes);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003165 return CommonValue != nullptr;
3166 }
3167
3168private:
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003169 /// Initialize Map with anchor values. For address seen
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003170 /// we set the value of different field saw in this address.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003171 /// At the same time we find a common type for different field we will
3172 /// use to create new Phi/Select nodes. Keep it in CommonType field.
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00003173 /// Return false if there is no common type found.
3174 bool initializeMap(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map) {
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003175 // Keep track of keys where the value is null. We will need to replace it
3176 // with constant null when we know the common type.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003177 SmallVector<Value *, 2> NullValue;
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00003178 Type *IntPtrTy = SQ.DL.getIntPtrType(AddrModes[0].OriginalValue->getType());
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003179 for (auto &AM : AddrModes) {
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00003180 Value *DV = AM.GetFieldAsValue(DifferentField, IntPtrTy);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003181 if (DV) {
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00003182 auto *Type = DV->getType();
3183 if (CommonType && CommonType != Type)
3184 return false;
3185 CommonType = Type;
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003186 Map[AM.OriginalValue] = DV;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003187 } else {
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003188 NullValue.push_back(AM.OriginalValue);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003189 }
3190 }
3191 assert(CommonType && "At least one non-null value must be!");
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003192 for (auto *V : NullValue)
3193 Map[V] = Constant::getNullValue(CommonType);
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00003194 return true;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003195 }
3196
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003197 /// We have mapping between value A and other value B where B was a field in
3198 /// addressing mode represented by A. Also we have an original value C
3199 /// representing an address we start with. Traversing from C through phi and
3200 /// selects we ended up with A's in a map. This utility function tries to find
3201 /// a value V which is a field in addressing mode C and traversing through phi
3202 /// nodes and selects we will end up in corresponded values B in a map.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003203 /// The utility will create a new Phi/Selects if needed.
3204 // The simple example looks as follows:
3205 // BB1:
3206 // p1 = b1 + 40
3207 // br cond BB2, BB3
3208 // BB2:
3209 // p2 = b2 + 40
3210 // br BB3
3211 // BB3:
3212 // p = phi [p1, BB1], [p2, BB2]
3213 // v = load p
3214 // Map is
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003215 // p1 -> b1
3216 // p2 -> b2
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003217 // Request is
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003218 // p -> ?
3219 // The function tries to find or build phi [b1, BB1], [b2, BB2] in BB3.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003220 Value *findCommon(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map) {
Eric Christopherd72f78e2018-01-09 23:25:38 +00003221 // Tracks the simplification of newly created phi nodes. The reason we use
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003222 // this mapping is because we will add new created Phi nodes in AddrToBase.
3223 // Simplification of Phi nodes is recursive, so some Phi node may
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003224 // be simplified after we added it to AddrToBase. In reality this
3225 // simplification is possible only if original phi/selects were not
3226 // simplified yet.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003227 // Using this mapping we can find the current value in AddrToBase.
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003228 SimplificationTracker ST(SQ);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003229
3230 // First step, DFS to create PHI nodes for all intermediate blocks.
3231 // Also fill traverse order for the second step.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003232 SmallVector<Value *, 32> TraverseOrder;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003233 InsertPlaceholders(Map, TraverseOrder, ST);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003234
3235 // Second Step, fill new nodes by merged values and simplify if possible.
3236 FillPlaceholders(Map, TraverseOrder, ST);
3237
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003238 if (!AddrSinkNewSelects && ST.countNewSelectNodes() > 0) {
3239 ST.destroyNewNodes(CommonType);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003240 return nullptr;
3241 }
3242
3243 // Now we'd like to match New Phi nodes to existed ones.
3244 unsigned PhiNotMatchedCount = 0;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003245 if (!MatchPhiSet(ST, AddrSinkNewPhis, PhiNotMatchedCount)) {
3246 ST.destroyNewNodes(CommonType);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003247 return nullptr;
3248 }
3249
3250 auto *Result = ST.Get(Map.find(Original)->second);
3251 if (Result) {
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003252 NumMemoryInstsPhiCreated += ST.countNewPhiNodes() + PhiNotMatchedCount;
3253 NumMemoryInstsSelectCreated += ST.countNewSelectNodes();
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003254 }
3255 return Result;
3256 }
3257
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003258 /// Try to match PHI node to Candidate.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003259 /// Matcher tracks the matched Phi nodes.
3260 bool MatchPhiNode(PHINode *PHI, PHINode *Candidate,
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003261 SmallSetVector<PHIPair, 8> &Matcher,
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00003262 PhiNodeSet &PhiNodesToMatch) {
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003263 SmallVector<PHIPair, 8> WorkList;
3264 Matcher.insert({ PHI, Candidate });
3265 WorkList.push_back({ PHI, Candidate });
3266 SmallSet<PHIPair, 8> Visited;
3267 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
3268 auto Item = WorkList.pop_back_val();
3269 if (!Visited.insert(Item).second)
3270 continue;
3271 // We iterate over all incoming values to Phi to compare them.
3272 // If values are different and both of them Phi and the first one is a
3273 // Phi we added (subject to match) and both of them is in the same basic
3274 // block then we can match our pair if values match. So we state that
3275 // these values match and add it to work list to verify that.
3276 for (auto B : Item.first->blocks()) {
3277 Value *FirstValue = Item.first->getIncomingValueForBlock(B);
3278 Value *SecondValue = Item.second->getIncomingValueForBlock(B);
3279 if (FirstValue == SecondValue)
3280 continue;
3281
3282 PHINode *FirstPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(FirstValue);
3283 PHINode *SecondPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(SecondValue);
3284
3285 // One of them is not Phi or
3286 // The first one is not Phi node from the set we'd like to match or
3287 // Phi nodes from different basic blocks then
3288 // we will not be able to match.
3289 if (!FirstPhi || !SecondPhi || !PhiNodesToMatch.count(FirstPhi) ||
3290 FirstPhi->getParent() != SecondPhi->getParent())
3291 return false;
3292
3293 // If we already matched them then continue.
3294 if (Matcher.count({ FirstPhi, SecondPhi }))
3295 continue;
3296 // So the values are different and does not match. So we need them to
3297 // match.
3298 Matcher.insert({ FirstPhi, SecondPhi });
3299 // But me must check it.
3300 WorkList.push_back({ FirstPhi, SecondPhi });
3301 }
3302 }
3303 return true;
3304 }
3305
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003306 /// For the given set of PHI nodes (in the SimplificationTracker) try
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003307 /// to find their equivalents.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003308 /// Returns false if this matching fails and creation of new Phi is disabled.
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003309 bool MatchPhiSet(SimplificationTracker &ST, bool AllowNewPhiNodes,
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003310 unsigned &PhiNotMatchedCount) {
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00003311 // Matched and PhiNodesToMatch iterate their elements in a deterministic
3312 // order, so the replacements (ReplacePhi) are also done in a deterministic
3313 // order.
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003314 SmallSetVector<PHIPair, 8> Matched;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003315 SmallPtrSet<PHINode *, 8> WillNotMatch;
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00003316 PhiNodeSet &PhiNodesToMatch = ST.newPhiNodes();
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003317 while (PhiNodesToMatch.size()) {
3318 PHINode *PHI = *PhiNodesToMatch.begin();
3319
3320 // Add us, if no Phi nodes in the basic block we do not match.
3321 WillNotMatch.clear();
3322 WillNotMatch.insert(PHI);
3323
3324 // Traverse all Phis until we found equivalent or fail to do that.
3325 bool IsMatched = false;
3326 for (auto &P : PHI->getParent()->phis()) {
3327 if (&P == PHI)
3328 continue;
3329 if ((IsMatched = MatchPhiNode(PHI, &P, Matched, PhiNodesToMatch)))
3330 break;
3331 // If it does not match, collect all Phi nodes from matcher.
3332 // if we end up with no match, them all these Phi nodes will not match
3333 // later.
3334 for (auto M : Matched)
3335 WillNotMatch.insert(M.first);
3336 Matched.clear();
3337 }
3338 if (IsMatched) {
Serguei Katkova20e05b2018-03-12 03:50:07 +00003339 // Replace all matched values and erase them.
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003340 for (auto MV : Matched)
3341 ST.ReplacePhi(MV.first, MV.second);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003342 Matched.clear();
3343 continue;
3344 }
3345 // If we are not allowed to create new nodes then bail out.
3346 if (!AllowNewPhiNodes)
3347 return false;
3348 // Just remove all seen values in matcher. They will not match anything.
3349 PhiNotMatchedCount += WillNotMatch.size();
3350 for (auto *P : WillNotMatch)
Ali Tamurd482b012018-11-12 21:43:43 +00003351 PhiNodesToMatch.erase(P);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003352 }
3353 return true;
3354 }
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003355 /// Fill the placeholders with values from predecessors and simplify them.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003356 void FillPlaceholders(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map,
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003357 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &TraverseOrder,
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003358 SimplificationTracker &ST) {
3359 while (!TraverseOrder.empty()) {
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003360 Value *Current = TraverseOrder.pop_back_val();
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003361 assert(Map.find(Current) != Map.end() && "No node to fill!!!");
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003362 Value *V = Map[Current];
3363
3364 if (SelectInst *Select = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
3365 // CurrentValue also must be Select.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003366 auto *CurrentSelect = cast<SelectInst>(Current);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003367 auto *TrueValue = CurrentSelect->getTrueValue();
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003368 assert(Map.find(TrueValue) != Map.end() && "No True Value!");
3369 Select->setTrueValue(ST.Get(Map[TrueValue]));
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003370 auto *FalseValue = CurrentSelect->getFalseValue();
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003371 assert(Map.find(FalseValue) != Map.end() && "No False Value!");
3372 Select->setFalseValue(ST.Get(Map[FalseValue]));
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003373 } else {
3374 // Must be a Phi node then.
3375 PHINode *PHI = cast<PHINode>(V);
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003376 auto *CurrentPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Current);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003377 // Fill the Phi node with values from predecessors.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003378 for (auto B : predecessors(PHI->getParent())) {
3379 Value *PV = CurrentPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(B);
3380 assert(Map.find(PV) != Map.end() && "No predecessor Value!");
3381 PHI->addIncoming(ST.Get(Map[PV]), B);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003382 }
3383 }
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003384 Map[Current] = ST.Simplify(V);
3385 }
3386 }
3387
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003388 /// Starting from original value recursively iterates over def-use chain up to
3389 /// known ending values represented in a map. For each traversed phi/select
3390 /// inserts a placeholder Phi or Select.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003391 /// Reports all new created Phi/Select nodes by adding them to set.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003392 /// Also reports and order in what values have been traversed.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003393 void InsertPlaceholders(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map,
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003394 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &TraverseOrder,
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003395 SimplificationTracker &ST) {
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003396 SmallVector<Value *, 32> Worklist;
3397 assert((isa<PHINode>(Original) || isa<SelectInst>(Original)) &&
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003398 "Address must be a Phi or Select node");
3399 auto *Dummy = UndefValue::get(CommonType);
3400 Worklist.push_back(Original);
3401 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003402 Value *Current = Worklist.pop_back_val();
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003403 // if it is already visited or it is an ending value then skip it.
3404 if (Map.find(Current) != Map.end())
3405 continue;
3406 TraverseOrder.push_back(Current);
3407
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003408 // CurrentValue must be a Phi node or select. All others must be covered
3409 // by anchors.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003410 if (SelectInst *CurrentSelect = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Current)) {
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003411 // Is it OK to get metadata from OrigSelect?!
3412 // Create a Select placeholder with dummy value.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003413 SelectInst *Select = SelectInst::Create(
3414 CurrentSelect->getCondition(), Dummy, Dummy,
3415 CurrentSelect->getName(), CurrentSelect, CurrentSelect);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003416 Map[Current] = Select;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003417 ST.insertNewSelect(Select);
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003418 // We are interested in True and False values.
3419 Worklist.push_back(CurrentSelect->getTrueValue());
3420 Worklist.push_back(CurrentSelect->getFalseValue());
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003421 } else {
3422 // It must be a Phi node then.
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003423 PHINode *CurrentPhi = cast<PHINode>(Current);
3424 unsigned PredCount = CurrentPhi->getNumIncomingValues();
3425 PHINode *PHI =
3426 PHINode::Create(CommonType, PredCount, "sunk_phi", CurrentPhi);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003427 Map[Current] = PHI;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003428 ST.insertNewPhi(PHI);
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00003429 for (Value *P : CurrentPhi->incoming_values())
3430 Worklist.push_back(P);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003431 }
3432 }
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003433 }
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00003434
3435 bool addrModeCombiningAllowed() {
3436 if (DisableComplexAddrModes)
3437 return false;
3438 switch (DifferentField) {
3439 default:
3440 return false;
3441 case ExtAddrMode::BaseRegField:
3442 return AddrSinkCombineBaseReg;
3443 case ExtAddrMode::BaseGVField:
3444 return AddrSinkCombineBaseGV;
3445 case ExtAddrMode::BaseOffsField:
3446 return AddrSinkCombineBaseOffs;
3447 case ExtAddrMode::ScaledRegField:
3448 return AddrSinkCombineScaledReg;
3449 }
3450 }
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003451};
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003452} // end anonymous namespace
3453
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003454/// Try adding ScaleReg*Scale to the current addressing mode.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003455/// Return true and update AddrMode if this addr mode is legal for the target,
3456/// false if not.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003457bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchScaledValue(Value *ScaleReg, int64_t Scale,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003458 unsigned Depth) {
3459 // If Scale is 1, then this is the same as adding ScaleReg to the addressing
3460 // mode. Just process that directly.
3461 if (Scale == 1)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003462 return matchAddr(ScaleReg, Depth);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003463
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003464 // If the scale is 0, it takes nothing to add this.
3465 if (Scale == 0)
3466 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003467
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003468 // If we already have a scale of this value, we can add to it, otherwise, we
3469 // need an available scale field.
3470 if (AddrMode.Scale != 0 && AddrMode.ScaledReg != ScaleReg)
3471 return false;
3472
3473 ExtAddrMode TestAddrMode = AddrMode;
3474
3475 // Add scale to turn X*4+X*3 -> X*7. This could also do things like
3476 // [A+B + A*7] -> [B+A*8].
3477 TestAddrMode.Scale += Scale;
3478 TestAddrMode.ScaledReg = ScaleReg;
3479
3480 // If the new address isn't legal, bail out.
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003481 if (!TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, TestAddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003482 return false;
3483
3484 // It was legal, so commit it.
3485 AddrMode = TestAddrMode;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003486
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003487 // Okay, we decided that we can add ScaleReg+Scale to AddrMode. Check now
3488 // to see if ScaleReg is actually X+C. If so, we can turn this into adding
3489 // X*Scale + C*Scale to addr mode.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003490 ConstantInt *CI = nullptr; Value *AddLHS = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003491 if (isa<Instruction>(ScaleReg) && // not a constant expr.
3492 match(ScaleReg, m_Add(m_Value(AddLHS), m_ConstantInt(CI)))) {
3493 TestAddrMode.ScaledReg = AddLHS;
3494 TestAddrMode.BaseOffs += CI->getSExtValue()*TestAddrMode.Scale;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003495
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003496 // If this addressing mode is legal, commit it and remember that we folded
3497 // this instruction.
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003498 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, TestAddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003499 AddrModeInsts.push_back(cast<Instruction>(ScaleReg));
3500 AddrMode = TestAddrMode;
3501 return true;
3502 }
3503 }
3504
3505 // Otherwise, not (x+c)*scale, just return what we have.
3506 return true;
3507}
3508
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003509/// This is a little filter, which returns true if an addressing computation
3510/// involving I might be folded into a load/store accessing it.
3511/// This doesn't need to be perfect, but needs to accept at least
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003512/// the set of instructions that MatchOperationAddr can.
3513static bool MightBeFoldableInst(Instruction *I) {
3514 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3515 case Instruction::BitCast:
Eli Benderskyf13a0562014-05-22 00:02:52 +00003516 case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast:
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003517 // Don't touch identity bitcasts.
3518 if (I->getType() == I->getOperand(0)->getType())
3519 return false;
Vedant Kumarb3091da2018-07-06 20:17:42 +00003520 return I->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy();
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003521 case Instruction::PtrToInt:
3522 // PtrToInt is always a noop, as we know that the int type is pointer sized.
3523 return true;
3524 case Instruction::IntToPtr:
3525 // We know the input is intptr_t, so this is foldable.
3526 return true;
3527 case Instruction::Add:
3528 return true;
3529 case Instruction::Mul:
3530 case Instruction::Shl:
3531 // Can only handle X*C and X << C.
3532 return isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
3533 case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
3534 return true;
3535 default:
3536 return false;
3537 }
3538}
3539
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003540/// Check whether or not \p Val is a legal instruction for \p TLI.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003541/// \note \p Val is assumed to be the product of some type promotion.
3542/// Therefore if \p Val has an undefined state in \p TLI, this is assumed
3543/// to be legal, as the non-promoted value would have had the same state.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003544static bool isPromotedInstructionLegal(const TargetLowering &TLI,
3545 const DataLayout &DL, Value *Val) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003546 Instruction *PromotedInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val);
3547 if (!PromotedInst)
3548 return false;
3549 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(PromotedInst->getOpcode());
3550 // If the ISDOpcode is undefined, it was undefined before the promotion.
3551 if (!ISDOpcode)
3552 return true;
3553 // Otherwise, check if the promoted instruction is legal or not.
3554 return TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003555 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, PromotedInst->getType()));
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003556}
3557
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003558namespace {
3559
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003560/// Hepler class to perform type promotion.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003561class TypePromotionHelper {
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +00003562 /// Utility function to add a promoted instruction \p ExtOpnd to
3563 /// \p PromotedInsts and record the type of extension we have seen.
3564 static void addPromotedInst(InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3565 Instruction *ExtOpnd,
3566 bool IsSExt) {
3567 ExtType ExtTy = IsSExt ? SignExtension : ZeroExtension;
3568 InstrToOrigTy::iterator It = PromotedInsts.find(ExtOpnd);
3569 if (It != PromotedInsts.end()) {
3570 // If the new extension is same as original, the information in
3571 // PromotedInsts[ExtOpnd] is still correct.
3572 if (It->second.getInt() == ExtTy)
3573 return;
3574
3575 // Now the new extension is different from old extension, we make
3576 // the type information invalid by setting extension type to
3577 // BothExtension.
3578 ExtTy = BothExtension;
3579 }
3580 PromotedInsts[ExtOpnd] = TypeIsSExt(ExtOpnd->getType(), ExtTy);
3581 }
3582
3583 /// Utility function to query the original type of instruction \p Opnd
3584 /// with a matched extension type. If the extension doesn't match, we
3585 /// cannot use the information we had on the original type.
3586 /// BothExtension doesn't match any extension type.
3587 static const Type *getOrigType(const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3588 Instruction *Opnd,
3589 bool IsSExt) {
3590 ExtType ExtTy = IsSExt ? SignExtension : ZeroExtension;
3591 InstrToOrigTy::const_iterator It = PromotedInsts.find(Opnd);
3592 if (It != PromotedInsts.end() && It->second.getInt() == ExtTy)
3593 return It->second.getPointer();
3594 return nullptr;
3595 }
3596
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003597 /// Utility function to check whether or not a sign or zero extension
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003598 /// of \p Inst with \p ConsideredExtType can be moved through \p Inst by
3599 /// either using the operands of \p Inst or promoting \p Inst.
3600 /// The type of the extension is defined by \p IsSExt.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003601 /// In other words, check if:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003602 /// ext (Ty Inst opnd1 opnd2 ... opndN) to ConsideredExtType.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003603 /// #1 Promotion applies:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003604 /// ConsideredExtType Inst (ext opnd1 to ConsideredExtType, ...).
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003605 /// #2 Operand reuses:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003606 /// ext opnd1 to ConsideredExtType.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003607 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003608 static bool canGetThrough(const Instruction *Inst, Type *ConsideredExtType,
3609 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, bool IsSExt);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003610
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003611 /// Utility function to determine if \p OpIdx should be promoted when
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003612 /// promoting \p Inst.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003613 static bool shouldExtOperand(const Instruction *Inst, int OpIdx) {
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00003614 return !(isa<SelectInst>(Inst) && OpIdx == 0);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003615 }
3616
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003617 /// Utility function to promote the operand of \p Ext when this
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003618 /// operand is a promotable trunc or sext or zext.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003619 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003620 /// \p CreatedInstsCost[out] contains the cost of all instructions
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003621 /// created to promote the operand of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003622 /// Newly added extensions are inserted in \p Exts.
3623 /// Newly added truncates are inserted in \p Truncs.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003624 /// Should never be called directly.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003625 /// \return The promoted value which is used instead of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003626 static Value *promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt(
3627 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003628 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003629 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003630 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003631
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003632 /// Utility function to promote the operand of \p Ext when this
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003633 /// operand is promotable and is not a supported trunc or sext.
3634 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003635 /// \p CreatedInstsCost[out] contains the cost of all the instructions
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003636 /// created to promote the operand of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003637 /// Newly added extensions are inserted in \p Exts.
3638 /// Newly added truncates are inserted in \p Truncs.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003639 /// Should never be called directly.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003640 /// \return The promoted value which is used instead of Ext.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003641 static Value *promoteOperandForOther(Instruction *Ext,
3642 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3643 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3644 unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3645 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3646 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs,
3647 const TargetLowering &TLI, bool IsSExt);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003648
3649 /// \see promoteOperandForOther.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003650 static Value *signExtendOperandForOther(
3651 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3652 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3653 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3654 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
3655 return promoteOperandForOther(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost,
3656 Exts, Truncs, TLI, true);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003657 }
3658
3659 /// \see promoteOperandForOther.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003660 static Value *zeroExtendOperandForOther(
3661 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3662 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3663 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3664 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
3665 return promoteOperandForOther(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost,
3666 Exts, Truncs, TLI, false);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003667 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003668
3669public:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003670 /// Type for the utility function that promotes the operand of Ext.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003671 using Action = Value *(*)(Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3672 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3673 unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3674 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3675 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs,
3676 const TargetLowering &TLI);
3677
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00003678 /// Given a sign/zero extend instruction \p Ext, return the appropriate
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003679 /// action to promote the operand of \p Ext instead of using Ext.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003680 /// \return NULL if no promotable action is possible with the current
3681 /// sign extension.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003682 /// \p InsertedInsts keeps track of all the instructions inserted by the
3683 /// other CodeGenPrepare optimizations. This information is important
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003684 /// because we do not want to promote these instructions as CodeGenPrepare
3685 /// will reinsert them later. Thus creating an infinite loop: create/remove.
3686 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003687 static Action getAction(Instruction *Ext, const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003688 const TargetLowering &TLI,
3689 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts);
3690};
3691
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003692} // end anonymous namespace
3693
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003694bool TypePromotionHelper::canGetThrough(const Instruction *Inst,
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003695 Type *ConsideredExtType,
3696 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3697 bool IsSExt) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003698 // The promotion helper does not know how to deal with vector types yet.
3699 // To be able to fix that, we would need to fix the places where we
3700 // statically extend, e.g., constants and such.
3701 if (Inst->getType()->isVectorTy())
3702 return false;
3703
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003704 // We can always get through zext.
3705 if (isa<ZExtInst>(Inst))
3706 return true;
3707
3708 // sext(sext) is ok too.
3709 if (IsSExt && isa<SExtInst>(Inst))
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003710 return true;
3711
3712 // We can get through binary operator, if it is legal. In other words, the
3713 // binary operator must have a nuw or nsw flag.
3714 const BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Inst);
3715 if (BinOp && isa<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(BinOp) &&
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003716 ((!IsSExt && BinOp->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) ||
3717 (IsSExt && BinOp->hasNoSignedWrap())))
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003718 return true;
3719
Guozhi Weic4c6b542018-06-05 21:03:52 +00003720 // ext(and(opnd, cst)) --> and(ext(opnd), ext(cst))
3721 if ((Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::And ||
3722 Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or))
3723 return true;
3724
3725 // ext(xor(opnd, cst)) --> xor(ext(opnd), ext(cst))
3726 if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
3727 const ConstantInt *Cst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1));
3728 // Make sure it is not a NOT.
3729 if (Cst && !Cst->getValue().isAllOnesValue())
3730 return true;
3731 }
3732
3733 // zext(shrl(opnd, cst)) --> shrl(zext(opnd), zext(cst))
3734 // It may change a poisoned value into a regular value, like
3735 // zext i32 (shrl i8 %val, 12) --> shrl i32 (zext i8 %val), 12
3736 // poisoned value regular value
3737 // It should be OK since undef covers valid value.
3738 if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr && !IsSExt)
3739 return true;
3740
3741 // and(ext(shl(opnd, cst)), cst) --> and(shl(ext(opnd), ext(cst)), cst)
3742 // It may change a poisoned value into a regular value, like
3743 // zext i32 (shl i8 %val, 12) --> shl i32 (zext i8 %val), 12
3744 // poisoned value regular value
3745 // It should be OK since undef covers valid value.
3746 if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl && Inst->hasOneUse()) {
3747 const Instruction *ExtInst =
3748 dyn_cast<const Instruction>(*Inst->user_begin());
3749 if (ExtInst->hasOneUse()) {
3750 const Instruction *AndInst =
3751 dyn_cast<const Instruction>(*ExtInst->user_begin());
3752 if (AndInst && AndInst->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
3753 const ConstantInt *Cst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AndInst->getOperand(1));
3754 if (Cst &&
3755 Cst->getValue().isIntN(Inst->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth()))
3756 return true;
3757 }
3758 }
3759 }
3760
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003761 // Check if we can do the following simplification.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003762 // ext(trunc(opnd)) --> ext(opnd)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003763 if (!isa<TruncInst>(Inst))
3764 return false;
3765
3766 Value *OpndVal = Inst->getOperand(0);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003767 // Check if we can use this operand in the extension.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003768 // If the type is larger than the result type of the extension, we cannot.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003769 if (!OpndVal->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
3770 OpndVal->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >
3771 ConsideredExtType->getIntegerBitWidth())
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003772 return false;
3773
3774 // If the operand of the truncate is not an instruction, we will not have
3775 // any information on the dropped bits.
3776 // (Actually we could for constant but it is not worth the extra logic).
3777 Instruction *Opnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OpndVal);
3778 if (!Opnd)
3779 return false;
3780
3781 // Check if the source of the type is narrow enough.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003782 // I.e., check that trunc just drops extended bits of the same kind of
3783 // the extension.
3784 // #1 get the type of the operand and check the kind of the extended bits.
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +00003785 const Type *OpndType = getOrigType(PromotedInsts, Opnd, IsSExt);
3786 if (OpndType)
3787 ;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003788 else if ((IsSExt && isa<SExtInst>(Opnd)) || (!IsSExt && isa<ZExtInst>(Opnd)))
3789 OpndType = Opnd->getOperand(0)->getType();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003790 else
3791 return false;
3792
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003793 // #2 check that the truncate just drops extended bits.
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00003794 return Inst->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >=
3795 OpndType->getIntegerBitWidth();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003796}
3797
3798TypePromotionHelper::Action TypePromotionHelper::getAction(
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003799 Instruction *Ext, const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003800 const TargetLowering &TLI, const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003801 assert((isa<SExtInst>(Ext) || isa<ZExtInst>(Ext)) &&
3802 "Unexpected instruction type");
3803 Instruction *ExtOpnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Ext->getOperand(0));
3804 Type *ExtTy = Ext->getType();
3805 bool IsSExt = isa<SExtInst>(Ext);
3806 // If the operand of the extension is not an instruction, we cannot
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003807 // get through.
3808 // If it, check we can get through.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003809 if (!ExtOpnd || !canGetThrough(ExtOpnd, ExtTy, PromotedInsts, IsSExt))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003810 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003811
3812 // Do not promote if the operand has been added by codegenprepare.
3813 // Otherwise, it means we are undoing an optimization that is likely to be
3814 // redone, thus causing potential infinite loop.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003815 if (isa<TruncInst>(ExtOpnd) && InsertedInsts.count(ExtOpnd))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003816 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003817
3818 // SExt or Trunc instructions.
3819 // Return the related handler.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003820 if (isa<SExtInst>(ExtOpnd) || isa<TruncInst>(ExtOpnd) ||
3821 isa<ZExtInst>(ExtOpnd))
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003822 return promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003823
3824 // Regular instruction.
3825 // Abort early if we will have to insert non-free instructions.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003826 if (!ExtOpnd->hasOneUse() && !TLI.isTruncateFree(ExtTy, ExtOpnd->getType()))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003827 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003828 return IsSExt ? signExtendOperandForOther : zeroExtendOperandForOther;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003829}
3830
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003831Value *TypePromotionHelper::promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt(
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003832 Instruction *SExt, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003833 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003834 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003835 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003836 // By construction, the operand of SExt is an instruction. Otherwise we cannot
3837 // get through it and this method should not be called.
3838 Instruction *SExtOpnd = cast<Instruction>(SExt->getOperand(0));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003839 Value *ExtVal = SExt;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003840 bool HasMergedNonFreeExt = false;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003841 if (isa<ZExtInst>(SExtOpnd)) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003842 // Replace s|zext(zext(opnd))
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003843 // => zext(opnd).
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003844 HasMergedNonFreeExt = !TLI.isExtFree(SExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003845 Value *ZExt =
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003846 TPT.createZExt(SExt, SExtOpnd->getOperand(0), SExt->getType());
3847 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(SExt, ZExt);
3848 TPT.eraseInstruction(SExt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003849 ExtVal = ZExt;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003850 } else {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003851 // Replace z|sext(trunc(opnd)) or sext(sext(opnd))
3852 // => z|sext(opnd).
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003853 TPT.setOperand(SExt, 0, SExtOpnd->getOperand(0));
3854 }
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003855 CreatedInstsCost = 0;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003856
3857 // Remove dead code.
3858 if (SExtOpnd->use_empty())
3859 TPT.eraseInstruction(SExtOpnd);
3860
Quentin Colombet9dcb7242014-09-15 18:26:58 +00003861 // Check if the extension is still needed.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003862 Instruction *ExtInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(ExtVal);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003863 if (!ExtInst || ExtInst->getType() != ExtInst->getOperand(0)->getType()) {
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003864 if (ExtInst) {
3865 if (Exts)
3866 Exts->push_back(ExtInst);
3867 CreatedInstsCost = !TLI.isExtFree(ExtInst) && !HasMergedNonFreeExt;
3868 }
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003869 return ExtVal;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003870 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003871
Quentin Colombet9dcb7242014-09-15 18:26:58 +00003872 // At this point we have: ext ty opnd to ty.
3873 // Reassign the uses of ExtInst to the opnd and remove ExtInst.
3874 Value *NextVal = ExtInst->getOperand(0);
3875 TPT.eraseInstruction(ExtInst, NextVal);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003876 return NextVal;
3877}
3878
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003879Value *TypePromotionHelper::promoteOperandForOther(
3880 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003881 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003882 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003883 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI,
3884 bool IsSExt) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003885 // By construction, the operand of Ext is an instruction. Otherwise we cannot
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003886 // get through it and this method should not be called.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003887 Instruction *ExtOpnd = cast<Instruction>(Ext->getOperand(0));
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003888 CreatedInstsCost = 0;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003889 if (!ExtOpnd->hasOneUse()) {
3890 // ExtOpnd will be promoted.
3891 // All its uses, but Ext, will need to use a truncated value of the
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003892 // promoted version.
3893 // Create the truncate now.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003894 Value *Trunc = TPT.createTrunc(Ext, ExtOpnd->getType());
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003895 if (Instruction *ITrunc = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Trunc)) {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003896 // Insert it just after the definition.
Sanjay Patel674d2c22017-08-29 14:07:48 +00003897 ITrunc->moveAfter(ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003898 if (Truncs)
3899 Truncs->push_back(ITrunc);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003900 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003901
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003902 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(ExtOpnd, Trunc);
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003903 // Restore the operand of Ext (which has been replaced by the previous call
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003904 // to replaceAllUsesWith) to avoid creating a cycle trunc <-> sext.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003905 TPT.setOperand(Ext, 0, ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003906 }
3907
3908 // Get through the Instruction:
3909 // 1. Update its type.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003910 // 2. Replace the uses of Ext by Inst.
3911 // 3. Extend each operand that needs to be extended.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003912
3913 // Remember the original type of the instruction before promotion.
3914 // This is useful to know that the high bits are sign extended bits.
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +00003915 addPromotedInst(PromotedInsts, ExtOpnd, IsSExt);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003916 // Step #1.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003917 TPT.mutateType(ExtOpnd, Ext->getType());
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003918 // Step #2.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003919 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(Ext, ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003920 // Step #3.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003921 Instruction *ExtForOpnd = Ext;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003922
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003923 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Propagate Ext to operands\n");
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003924 for (int OpIdx = 0, EndOpIdx = ExtOpnd->getNumOperands(); OpIdx != EndOpIdx;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003925 ++OpIdx) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003926 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Operand:\n" << *(ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx)) << '\n');
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003927 if (ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx)->getType() == Ext->getType() ||
3928 !shouldExtOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003929 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "No need to propagate\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003930 continue;
3931 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003932 // Check if we can statically extend the operand.
3933 Value *Opnd = ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003934 if (const ConstantInt *Cst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Opnd)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003935 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Statically extend\n");
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003936 unsigned BitWidth = Ext->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth();
3937 APInt CstVal = IsSExt ? Cst->getValue().sext(BitWidth)
3938 : Cst->getValue().zext(BitWidth);
3939 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ConstantInt::get(Ext->getType(), CstVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003940 continue;
3941 }
3942 // UndefValue are typed, so we have to statically sign extend them.
3943 if (isa<UndefValue>(Opnd)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003944 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Statically extend\n");
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003945 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, UndefValue::get(Ext->getType()));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003946 continue;
3947 }
3948
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00003949 // Otherwise we have to explicitly sign extend the operand.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003950 // Check if Ext was reused to extend an operand.
3951 if (!ExtForOpnd) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003952 // If yes, create a new one.
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003953 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "More operands to ext\n");
Quentin Colombet84f89cc2014-12-22 18:11:52 +00003954 Value *ValForExtOpnd = IsSExt ? TPT.createSExt(Ext, Opnd, Ext->getType())
3955 : TPT.createZExt(Ext, Opnd, Ext->getType());
3956 if (!isa<Instruction>(ValForExtOpnd)) {
3957 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ValForExtOpnd);
3958 continue;
3959 }
3960 ExtForOpnd = cast<Instruction>(ValForExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003961 }
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003962 if (Exts)
3963 Exts->push_back(ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003964 TPT.setOperand(ExtForOpnd, 0, Opnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003965
3966 // Move the sign extension before the insertion point.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003967 TPT.moveBefore(ExtForOpnd, ExtOpnd);
3968 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003969 CreatedInstsCost += !TLI.isExtFree(ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003970 // If more sext are required, new instructions will have to be created.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003971 ExtForOpnd = nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003972 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003973 if (ExtForOpnd == Ext) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003974 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Extension is useless now\n");
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003975 TPT.eraseInstruction(Ext);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003976 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003977 return ExtOpnd;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003978}
3979
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003980/// Check whether or not promoting an instruction to a wider type is profitable.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003981/// \p NewCost gives the cost of extension instructions created by the
3982/// promotion.
3983/// \p OldCost gives the cost of extension instructions before the promotion
3984/// plus the number of instructions that have been
3985/// matched in the addressing mode the promotion.
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003986/// \p PromotedOperand is the value that has been promoted.
3987/// \return True if the promotion is profitable, false otherwise.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003988bool AddressingModeMatcher::isPromotionProfitable(
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003989 unsigned NewCost, unsigned OldCost, Value *PromotedOperand) const {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003990 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "OldCost: " << OldCost << "\tNewCost: " << NewCost
3991 << '\n');
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003992 // The cost of the new extensions is greater than the cost of the
3993 // old extension plus what we folded.
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003994 // This is not profitable.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003995 if (NewCost > OldCost)
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003996 return false;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003997 if (NewCost < OldCost)
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003998 return true;
3999 // The promotion is neutral but it may help folding the sign extension in
4000 // loads for instance.
4001 // Check that we did not create an illegal instruction.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004002 return isPromotedInstructionLegal(TLI, DL, PromotedOperand);
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00004003}
4004
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004005/// Given an instruction or constant expr, see if we can fold the operation
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00004006/// into the addressing mode. If so, update the addressing mode and return
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004007/// true, otherwise return false without modifying AddrMode.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004008/// If \p MovedAway is not NULL, it contains the information of whether or
4009/// not AddrInst has to be folded into the addressing mode on success.
4010/// If \p MovedAway == true, \p AddrInst will not be part of the addressing
4011/// because it has been moved away.
4012/// Thus AddrInst must not be added in the matched instructions.
4013/// This state can happen when AddrInst is a sext, since it may be moved away.
4014/// Therefore, AddrInst may not be valid when MovedAway is true and it must
4015/// not be referenced anymore.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004016bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchOperationAddr(User *AddrInst, unsigned Opcode,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004017 unsigned Depth,
4018 bool *MovedAway) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004019 // Avoid exponential behavior on extremely deep expression trees.
4020 if (Depth >= 5) return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004021
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004022 // By default, all matched instructions stay in place.
4023 if (MovedAway)
4024 *MovedAway = false;
4025
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004026 switch (Opcode) {
4027 case Instruction::PtrToInt:
4028 // PtrToInt is always a noop, as we know that the int type is pointer sized.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004029 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004030 case Instruction::IntToPtr: {
4031 auto AS = AddrInst->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
4032 auto PtrTy = MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004033 // This inttoptr is a no-op if the integer type is pointer sized.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004034 if (TLI.getValueType(DL, AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()) == PtrTy)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004035 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004036 return false;
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004037 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004038 case Instruction::BitCast:
4039 // BitCast is always a noop, and we can handle it as long as it is
4040 // int->int or pointer->pointer (we don't want int<->fp or something).
Vedant Kumarb3091da2018-07-06 20:17:42 +00004041 if (AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004042 // Don't touch identity bitcasts. These were probably put here by LSR,
4043 // and we don't want to mess around with them. Assume it knows what it
4044 // is doing.
4045 AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType() != AddrInst->getType())
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004046 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004047 return false;
Matt Arsenaultf05b0232015-05-26 16:59:43 +00004048 case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast: {
4049 unsigned SrcAS
4050 = AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
4051 unsigned DestAS = AddrInst->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
4052 if (TLI.isNoopAddrSpaceCast(SrcAS, DestAS))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004053 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Matt Arsenaultf05b0232015-05-26 16:59:43 +00004054 return false;
4055 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004056 case Instruction::Add: {
4057 // Check to see if we can merge in the RHS then the LHS. If so, we win.
4058 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
4059 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004060 // Start a transaction at this point.
4061 // The LHS may match but not the RHS.
4062 // Therefore, we need a higher level restoration point to undo partially
4063 // matched operation.
4064 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4065 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
4066
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004067 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(1), Depth+1) &&
4068 matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004069 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004070
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004071 // Restore the old addr mode info.
4072 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
4073 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004074 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004075
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004076 // Otherwise this was over-aggressive. Try merging in the LHS then the RHS.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004077 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1) &&
4078 matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(1), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004079 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004080
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004081 // Otherwise we definitely can't merge the ADD in.
4082 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
4083 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004084 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004085 break;
4086 }
4087 //case Instruction::Or:
4088 // TODO: We can handle "Or Val, Imm" iff this OR is equivalent to an ADD.
4089 //break;
4090 case Instruction::Mul:
4091 case Instruction::Shl: {
4092 // Can only handle X*C and X << C.
4093 ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(1));
Philip Reames9c3cbee2017-10-30 23:59:51 +00004094 if (!RHS || RHS->getBitWidth() > 64)
Sanjay Pateld3bbfa12014-07-16 22:40:28 +00004095 return false;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004096 int64_t Scale = RHS->getSExtValue();
4097 if (Opcode == Instruction::Shl)
4098 Scale = 1LL << Scale;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004099
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004100 return matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Scale, Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004101 }
4102 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
4103 // Scan the GEP. We check it if it contains constant offsets and at most
4104 // one variable offset.
4105 int VariableOperand = -1;
4106 unsigned VariableScale = 0;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004107
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004108 int64_t ConstantOffset = 0;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004109 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(AddrInst);
4110 for (unsigned i = 1, e = AddrInst->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
Peter Collingbourneab85225b2016-12-02 02:24:42 +00004111 if (StructType *STy = GTI.getStructTypeOrNull()) {
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00004112 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004113 unsigned Idx =
4114 cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(i))->getZExtValue();
4115 ConstantOffset += SL->getElementOffset(Idx);
4116 } else {
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00004117 uint64_t TypeSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004118 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(i))) {
Simon Pilgrimee82a792018-08-13 12:10:09 +00004119 const APInt &CVal = CI->getValue();
4120 if (CVal.getMinSignedBits() <= 64) {
4121 ConstantOffset += CVal.getSExtValue() * TypeSize;
4122 continue;
4123 }
4124 }
4125 if (TypeSize) { // Scales of zero don't do anything.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004126 // We only allow one variable index at the moment.
4127 if (VariableOperand != -1)
4128 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004129
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004130 // Remember the variable index.
4131 VariableOperand = i;
4132 VariableScale = TypeSize;
4133 }
4134 }
4135 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004136
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004137 // A common case is for the GEP to only do a constant offset. In this case,
4138 // just add it to the disp field and check validity.
4139 if (VariableOperand == -1) {
4140 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004141 if (ConstantOffset == 0 ||
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004142 TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004143 // Check to see if we can fold the base pointer in too.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004144 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004145 return true;
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004146 } else if (EnableGEPOffsetSplit && isa<GetElementPtrInst>(AddrInst) &&
4147 TLI.shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() && Depth == 0 &&
4148 ConstantOffset > 0) {
4149 // Record GEPs with non-zero offsets as candidates for splitting in the
4150 // event that the offset cannot fit into the r+i addressing mode.
4151 // Simple and common case that only one GEP is used in calculating the
4152 // address for the memory access.
4153 Value *Base = AddrInst->getOperand(0);
4154 auto *BaseI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Base);
4155 auto *GEP = cast<GetElementPtrInst>(AddrInst);
4156 if (isa<Argument>(Base) || isa<GlobalValue>(Base) ||
4157 (BaseI && !isa<CastInst>(BaseI) &&
4158 !isa<GetElementPtrInst>(BaseI))) {
4159 // If the base is an instruction, make sure the GEP is not in the same
4160 // basic block as the base. If the base is an argument or global
4161 // value, make sure the GEP is not in the entry block. Otherwise,
4162 // instruction selection can undo the split. Also make sure the
4163 // parent block allows inserting non-PHI instructions before the
4164 // terminator.
4165 BasicBlock *Parent =
4166 BaseI ? BaseI->getParent() : &GEP->getFunction()->getEntryBlock();
4167 if (GEP->getParent() != Parent && !Parent->getTerminator()->isEHPad())
4168 LargeOffsetGEP = std::make_pair(GEP, ConstantOffset);
4169 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004170 }
4171 AddrMode.BaseOffs -= ConstantOffset;
4172 return false;
4173 }
4174
4175 // Save the valid addressing mode in case we can't match.
4176 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
4177 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
4178
4179 // See if the scale and offset amount is valid for this target.
4180 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
4181
4182 // Match the base operand of the GEP.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004183 if (!matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004184 // If it couldn't be matched, just stuff the value in a register.
4185 if (AddrMode.HasBaseReg) {
4186 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
4187 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
4188 return false;
4189 }
4190 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
4191 AddrMode.BaseReg = AddrInst->getOperand(0);
4192 }
4193
4194 // Match the remaining variable portion of the GEP.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004195 if (!matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(VariableOperand), VariableScale,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004196 Depth)) {
4197 // If it couldn't be matched, try stuffing the base into a register
4198 // instead of matching it, and retrying the match of the scale.
4199 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
4200 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
4201 if (AddrMode.HasBaseReg)
4202 return false;
4203 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
4204 AddrMode.BaseReg = AddrInst->getOperand(0);
4205 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004206 if (!matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(VariableOperand),
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004207 VariableScale, Depth)) {
4208 // If even that didn't work, bail.
4209 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
4210 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
4211 return false;
4212 }
4213 }
4214
4215 return true;
4216 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00004217 case Instruction::SExt:
4218 case Instruction::ZExt: {
4219 Instruction *Ext = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AddrInst);
4220 if (!Ext)
Sanjay Pateld3bbfa12014-07-16 22:40:28 +00004221 return false;
Sanjay Patelab60d042014-07-16 21:08:10 +00004222
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00004223 // Try to move this ext out of the way of the addressing mode.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004224 // Ask for a method for doing so.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00004225 TypePromotionHelper::Action TPH =
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00004226 TypePromotionHelper::getAction(Ext, InsertedInsts, TLI, PromotedInsts);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004227 if (!TPH)
4228 return false;
4229
4230 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4231 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004232 unsigned CreatedInstsCost = 0;
4233 unsigned ExtCost = !TLI.isExtFree(Ext);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004234 Value *PromotedOperand =
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004235 TPH(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost, nullptr, nullptr, TLI);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004236 // SExt has been moved away.
4237 // Thus either it will be rematched later in the recursive calls or it is
4238 // gone. Anyway, we must not fold it into the addressing mode at this point.
4239 // E.g.,
4240 // op = add opnd, 1
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00004241 // idx = ext op
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004242 // addr = gep base, idx
4243 // is now:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00004244 // promotedOpnd = ext opnd <- no match here
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004245 // op = promoted_add promotedOpnd, 1 <- match (later in recursive calls)
4246 // addr = gep base, op <- match
4247 if (MovedAway)
4248 *MovedAway = true;
4249
4250 assert(PromotedOperand &&
4251 "TypePromotionHelper should have filtered out those cases");
4252
4253 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
4254 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
4255
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004256 if (!matchAddr(PromotedOperand, Depth) ||
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00004257 // The total of the new cost is equal to the cost of the created
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004258 // instructions.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00004259 // The total of the old cost is equal to the cost of the extension plus
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004260 // what we have saved in the addressing mode.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004261 !isPromotionProfitable(CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004262 ExtCost + (AddrModeInsts.size() - OldSize),
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00004263 PromotedOperand)) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004264 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
4265 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004266 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Sign extension does not pay off: rollback\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004267 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4268 return false;
4269 }
4270 return true;
4271 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004272 }
4273 return false;
4274}
4275
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004276/// If we can, try to add the value of 'Addr' into the current addressing mode.
4277/// If Addr can't be added to AddrMode this returns false and leaves AddrMode
4278/// unmodified. This assumes that Addr is either a pointer type or intptr_t
4279/// for the target.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004280///
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004281bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchAddr(Value *Addr, unsigned Depth) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004282 // Start a transaction at this point that we will rollback if the matching
4283 // fails.
4284 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4285 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004286 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Addr)) {
4287 // Fold in immediates if legal for the target.
4288 AddrMode.BaseOffs += CI->getSExtValue();
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004289 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004290 return true;
4291 AddrMode.BaseOffs -= CI->getSExtValue();
4292 } else if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(Addr)) {
4293 // If this is a global variable, try to fold it into the addressing mode.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004294 if (!AddrMode.BaseGV) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004295 AddrMode.BaseGV = GV;
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004296 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004297 return true;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004298 AddrMode.BaseGV = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004299 }
4300 } else if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Addr)) {
4301 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
4302 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
4303
4304 // Check to see if it is possible to fold this operation.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004305 bool MovedAway = false;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004306 if (matchOperationAddr(I, I->getOpcode(), Depth, &MovedAway)) {
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00004307 // This instruction may have been moved away. If so, there is nothing
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004308 // to check here.
4309 if (MovedAway)
4310 return true;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004311 // Okay, it's possible to fold this. Check to see if it is actually
4312 // *profitable* to do so. We use a simple cost model to avoid increasing
4313 // register pressure too much.
4314 if (I->hasOneUse() ||
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004315 isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(I, BackupAddrMode, AddrMode)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004316 AddrModeInsts.push_back(I);
4317 return true;
4318 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004319
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004320 // It isn't profitable to do this, roll back.
4321 //cerr << "NOT FOLDING: " << *I;
4322 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
4323 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004324 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004325 }
4326 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Addr)) {
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004327 if (matchOperationAddr(CE, CE->getOpcode(), Depth))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004328 return true;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004329 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004330 } else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Addr)) {
4331 // Null pointer gets folded without affecting the addressing mode.
4332 return true;
4333 }
4334
4335 // Worse case, the target should support [reg] addressing modes. :)
4336 if (!AddrMode.HasBaseReg) {
4337 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
4338 AddrMode.BaseReg = Addr;
4339 // Still check for legality in case the target supports [imm] but not [i+r].
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004340 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004341 return true;
4342 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = false;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004343 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004344 }
4345
4346 // If the base register is already taken, see if we can do [r+r].
4347 if (AddrMode.Scale == 0) {
4348 AddrMode.Scale = 1;
4349 AddrMode.ScaledReg = Addr;
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004350 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004351 return true;
4352 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004353 AddrMode.ScaledReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004354 }
4355 // Couldn't match.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004356 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004357 return false;
4358}
4359
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004360/// Check to see if all uses of OpVal by the specified inline asm call are due
4361/// to memory operands. If so, return true, otherwise return false.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004362static bool IsOperandAMemoryOperand(CallInst *CI, InlineAsm *IA, Value *OpVal,
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004363 const TargetLowering &TLI,
4364 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI) {
Sanjay Patel4137d512017-06-07 14:29:52 +00004365 const Function *F = CI->getFunction();
Eric Christopherd75c00c2015-02-26 22:38:34 +00004366 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfoVector TargetConstraints =
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004367 TLI.ParseConstraints(F->getParent()->getDataLayout(), &TRI,
Mehdi Amini8ac7a9d2015-07-07 19:07:19 +00004368 ImmutableCallSite(CI));
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004369
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004370 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TargetConstraints.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4371 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo = TargetConstraints[i];
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004372
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004373 // Compute the constraint code and ConstraintType to use.
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004374 TLI.ComputeConstraintToUse(OpInfo, SDValue());
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004375
4376 // If this asm operand is our Value*, and if it isn't an indirect memory
4377 // operand, we can't fold it!
4378 if (OpInfo.CallOperandVal == OpVal &&
4379 (OpInfo.ConstraintType != TargetLowering::C_Memory ||
4380 !OpInfo.isIndirect))
4381 return false;
4382 }
4383
4384 return true;
4385}
4386
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004387// Max number of memory uses to look at before aborting the search to conserve
4388// compile time.
4389static constexpr int MaxMemoryUsesToScan = 20;
4390
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004391/// Recursively walk all the uses of I until we find a memory use.
4392/// If we find an obviously non-foldable instruction, return true.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004393/// Add the ultimately found memory instructions to MemoryUses.
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00004394static bool FindAllMemoryUses(
4395 Instruction *I,
4396 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Instruction *, unsigned>> &MemoryUses,
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004397 SmallPtrSetImpl<Instruction *> &ConsideredInsts, const TargetLowering &TLI,
4398 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, int SeenInsts = 0) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004399 // If we already considered this instruction, we're done.
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00004400 if (!ConsideredInsts.insert(I).second)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004401 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004402
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004403 // If this is an obviously unfoldable instruction, bail out.
4404 if (!MightBeFoldableInst(I))
4405 return true;
4406
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004407 const bool OptSize = I->getFunction()->optForSize();
4408
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004409 // Loop over all the uses, recursively processing them.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004410 for (Use &U : I->uses()) {
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004411 // Conservatively return true if we're seeing a large number or a deep chain
4412 // of users. This avoids excessive compilation times in pathological cases.
4413 if (SeenInsts++ >= MaxMemoryUsesToScan)
4414 return true;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004415
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004416 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004417 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(UserI)) {
4418 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(LI, U.getOperandNo()));
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004419 continue;
4420 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004421
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004422 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(UserI)) {
4423 unsigned opNo = U.getOperandNo();
Matt Arsenault02d915b2017-03-15 22:35:20 +00004424 if (opNo != StoreInst::getPointerOperandIndex())
4425 return true; // Storing addr, not into addr.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004426 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(SI, opNo));
4427 continue;
4428 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004429
Matt Arsenault02d915b2017-03-15 22:35:20 +00004430 if (AtomicRMWInst *RMW = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(UserI)) {
4431 unsigned opNo = U.getOperandNo();
4432 if (opNo != AtomicRMWInst::getPointerOperandIndex())
4433 return true; // Storing addr, not into addr.
4434 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(RMW, opNo));
4435 continue;
4436 }
4437
4438 if (AtomicCmpXchgInst *CmpX = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(UserI)) {
4439 unsigned opNo = U.getOperandNo();
4440 if (opNo != AtomicCmpXchgInst::getPointerOperandIndex())
4441 return true; // Storing addr, not into addr.
4442 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(CmpX, opNo));
4443 continue;
4444 }
4445
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004446 if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(UserI)) {
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004447 // If this is a cold call, we can sink the addressing calculation into
4448 // the cold path. See optimizeCallInst
4449 if (!OptSize && CI->hasFnAttr(Attribute::Cold))
4450 continue;
Junmo Park6098cbb2016-03-11 07:05:32 +00004451
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004452 InlineAsm *IA = dyn_cast<InlineAsm>(CI->getCalledValue());
4453 if (!IA) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004454
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004455 // If this is a memory operand, we're cool, otherwise bail out.
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004456 if (!IsOperandAMemoryOperand(CI, IA, I, TLI, TRI))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004457 return true;
4458 continue;
4459 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004460
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004461 if (FindAllMemoryUses(UserI, MemoryUses, ConsideredInsts, TLI, TRI,
4462 SeenInsts))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004463 return true;
4464 }
4465
4466 return false;
4467}
4468
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00004469/// Return true if Val is already known to be live at the use site that we're
4470/// folding it into. If so, there is no cost to include it in the addressing
4471/// mode. KnownLive1 and KnownLive2 are two values that we know are live at the
4472/// instruction already.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004473bool AddressingModeMatcher::valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(Value *Val,Value *KnownLive1,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004474 Value *KnownLive2) {
4475 // If Val is either of the known-live values, we know it is live!
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004476 if (Val == nullptr || Val == KnownLive1 || Val == KnownLive2)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004477 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004478
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004479 // All values other than instructions and arguments (e.g. constants) are live.
4480 if (!isa<Instruction>(Val) && !isa<Argument>(Val)) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004481
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004482 // If Val is a constant sized alloca in the entry block, it is live, this is
4483 // true because it is just a reference to the stack/frame pointer, which is
4484 // live for the whole function.
4485 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val))
4486 if (AI->isStaticAlloca())
4487 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004488
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004489 // Check to see if this value is already used in the memory instruction's
4490 // block. If so, it's already live into the block at the very least, so we
4491 // can reasonably fold it.
4492 return Val->isUsedInBasicBlock(MemoryInst->getParent());
4493}
4494
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004495/// It is possible for the addressing mode of the machine to fold the specified
4496/// instruction into a load or store that ultimately uses it.
4497/// However, the specified instruction has multiple uses.
4498/// Given this, it may actually increase register pressure to fold it
4499/// into the load. For example, consider this code:
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004500///
4501/// X = ...
4502/// Y = X+1
4503/// use(Y) -> nonload/store
4504/// Z = Y+1
4505/// load Z
4506///
4507/// In this case, Y has multiple uses, and can be folded into the load of Z
4508/// (yielding load [X+2]). However, doing this will cause both "X" and "X+1" to
4509/// be live at the use(Y) line. If we don't fold Y into load Z, we use one
4510/// fewer register. Since Y can't be folded into "use(Y)" we don't increase the
4511/// number of computations either.
4512///
4513/// Note that this (like most of CodeGenPrepare) is just a rough heuristic. If
4514/// X was live across 'load Z' for other reasons, we actually *would* want to
4515/// fold the addressing mode in the Z case. This would make Y die earlier.
4516bool AddressingModeMatcher::
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004517isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(Instruction *I, ExtAddrMode &AMBefore,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004518 ExtAddrMode &AMAfter) {
4519 if (IgnoreProfitability) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004520
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004521 // AMBefore is the addressing mode before this instruction was folded into it,
4522 // and AMAfter is the addressing mode after the instruction was folded. Get
4523 // the set of registers referenced by AMAfter and subtract out those
4524 // referenced by AMBefore: this is the set of values which folding in this
4525 // address extends the lifetime of.
4526 //
4527 // Note that there are only two potential values being referenced here,
4528 // BaseReg and ScaleReg (global addresses are always available, as are any
4529 // folded immediates).
4530 Value *BaseReg = AMAfter.BaseReg, *ScaledReg = AMAfter.ScaledReg;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004531
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004532 // If the BaseReg or ScaledReg was referenced by the previous addrmode, their
4533 // lifetime wasn't extended by adding this instruction.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004534 if (valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(BaseReg, AMBefore.BaseReg, AMBefore.ScaledReg))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004535 BaseReg = nullptr;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004536 if (valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(ScaledReg, AMBefore.BaseReg, AMBefore.ScaledReg))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004537 ScaledReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004538
4539 // If folding this instruction (and it's subexprs) didn't extend any live
4540 // ranges, we're ok with it.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004541 if (!BaseReg && !ScaledReg)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004542 return true;
4543
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004544 // If all uses of this instruction can have the address mode sunk into them,
4545 // we can remove the addressing mode and effectively trade one live register
4546 // for another (at worst.) In this context, folding an addressing mode into
Junmo Park6098cbb2016-03-11 07:05:32 +00004547 // the use is just a particularly nice way of sinking it.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004548 SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction*,unsigned>, 16> MemoryUses;
4549 SmallPtrSet<Instruction*, 16> ConsideredInsts;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004550 if (FindAllMemoryUses(I, MemoryUses, ConsideredInsts, TLI, TRI))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004551 return false; // Has a non-memory, non-foldable use!
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004552
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004553 // Now that we know that all uses of this instruction are part of a chain of
4554 // computation involving only operations that could theoretically be folded
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004555 // into a memory use, loop over each of these memory operation uses and see
4556 // if they could *actually* fold the instruction. The assumption is that
4557 // addressing modes are cheap and that duplicating the computation involved
4558 // many times is worthwhile, even on a fastpath. For sinking candidates
4559 // (i.e. cold call sites), this serves as a way to prevent excessive code
4560 // growth since most architectures have some reasonable small and fast way to
4561 // compute an effective address. (i.e LEA on x86)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004562 SmallVector<Instruction*, 32> MatchedAddrModeInsts;
4563 for (unsigned i = 0, e = MemoryUses.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4564 Instruction *User = MemoryUses[i].first;
4565 unsigned OpNo = MemoryUses[i].second;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004566
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004567 // Get the access type of this use. If the use isn't a pointer, we don't
4568 // know what it accesses.
4569 Value *Address = User->getOperand(OpNo);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004570 PointerType *AddrTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Address->getType());
4571 if (!AddrTy)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004572 return false;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004573 Type *AddressAccessTy = AddrTy->getElementType();
4574 unsigned AS = AddrTy->getAddressSpace();
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004575
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004576 // Do a match against the root of this address, ignoring profitability. This
4577 // will tell us if the addressing mode for the memory operation will
4578 // *actually* cover the shared instruction.
4579 ExtAddrMode Result;
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004580 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> LargeOffsetGEP(nullptr,
4581 0);
Quentin Colombet5a69dda2014-02-11 01:59:02 +00004582 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4583 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004584 AddressingModeMatcher Matcher(
4585 MatchedAddrModeInsts, TLI, TRI, AddressAccessTy, AS, MemoryInst, Result,
4586 InsertedInsts, PromotedInsts, TPT, LargeOffsetGEP);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004587 Matcher.IgnoreProfitability = true;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004588 bool Success = Matcher.matchAddr(Address, 0);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004589 (void)Success; assert(Success && "Couldn't select *anything*?");
4590
Quentin Colombet5a69dda2014-02-11 01:59:02 +00004591 // The match was to check the profitability, the changes made are not
4592 // part of the original matcher. Therefore, they should be dropped
4593 // otherwise the original matcher will not present the right state.
4594 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4595
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004596 // If the match didn't cover I, then it won't be shared by it.
David Majnemer0d955d02016-08-11 22:21:41 +00004597 if (!is_contained(MatchedAddrModeInsts, I))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004598 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004599
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004600 MatchedAddrModeInsts.clear();
4601 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004602
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004603 return true;
4604}
4605
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004606/// Return true if the specified values are defined in a
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004607/// different basic block than BB.
4608static bool IsNonLocalValue(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB) {
4609 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
4610 return I->getParent() != BB;
4611 return false;
4612}
4613
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004614/// Sink addressing mode computation immediate before MemoryInst if doing so
4615/// can be done without increasing register pressure. The need for the
4616/// register pressure constraint means this can end up being an all or nothing
4617/// decision for all uses of the same addressing computation.
4618///
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004619/// Load and Store Instructions often have addressing modes that can do
4620/// significant amounts of computation. As such, instruction selection will try
4621/// to get the load or store to do as much computation as possible for the
4622/// program. The problem is that isel can only see within a single block. As
4623/// such, we sink as much legal addressing mode work into the block as possible.
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00004624///
4625/// This method is used to optimize both load/store and inline asms with memory
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004626/// operands. It's also used to sink addressing computations feeding into cold
4627/// call sites into their (cold) basic block.
4628///
4629/// The motivation for handling sinking into cold blocks is that doing so can
4630/// both enable other address mode sinking (by satisfying the register pressure
4631/// constraint above), and reduce register pressure globally (by removing the
4632/// addressing mode computation from the fast path entirely.).
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004633bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeMemoryInst(Instruction *MemoryInst, Value *Addr,
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004634 Type *AccessTy, unsigned AddrSpace) {
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004635 Value *Repl = Addr;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004636
4637 // Try to collapse single-value PHI nodes. This is necessary to undo
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004638 // unprofitable PRE transformations.
Cameron Zwarich43cecb12011-01-03 06:33:01 +00004639 SmallVector<Value*, 8> worklist;
4640 SmallPtrSet<Value*, 16> Visited;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004641 worklist.push_back(Addr);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004642
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004643 // Use a worklist to iteratively look through PHI and select nodes, and
4644 // ensure that the addressing mode obtained from the non-PHI/select roots of
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004645 // the graph are compatible.
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004646 bool PhiOrSelectSeen = false;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004647 SmallVector<Instruction*, 16> AddrModeInsts;
Serguei Katkovaee63752017-11-05 07:59:02 +00004648 const SimplifyQuery SQ(*DL, TLInfo);
Serguei Katkov2673f172018-11-29 06:45:18 +00004649 AddressingModeCombiner AddrModes(SQ, Addr);
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004650 TypePromotionTransaction TPT(RemovedInsts);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004651 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4652 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004653 while (!worklist.empty()) {
4654 Value *V = worklist.back();
4655 worklist.pop_back();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004656
Serguei Katkov4ea855e2017-07-19 04:49:17 +00004657 // We allow traversing cyclic Phi nodes.
4658 // In case of success after this loop we ensure that traversing through
4659 // Phi nodes ends up with all cases to compute address of the form
4660 // BaseGV + Base + Scale * Index + Offset
4661 // where Scale and Offset are constans and BaseGV, Base and Index
4662 // are exactly the same Values in all cases.
4663 // It means that BaseGV, Scale and Offset dominate our memory instruction
4664 // and have the same value as they had in address computation represented
4665 // as Phi. So we can safely sink address computation to memory instruction.
4666 if (!Visited.insert(V).second)
4667 continue;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004668
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004669 // For a PHI node, push all of its incoming values.
4670 if (PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) {
Pete Cooper833f34d2015-05-12 20:05:31 +00004671 for (Value *IncValue : P->incoming_values())
4672 worklist.push_back(IncValue);
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004673 PhiOrSelectSeen = true;
4674 continue;
4675 }
4676 // Similar for select.
4677 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
4678 worklist.push_back(SI->getFalseValue());
4679 worklist.push_back(SI->getTrueValue());
4680 PhiOrSelectSeen = true;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004681 continue;
4682 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004683
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004684 // For non-PHIs, determine the addressing mode being computed. Note that
4685 // the result may differ depending on what other uses our candidate
4686 // addressing instructions might have.
Serguei Katkova6fba3d2017-07-18 05:16:38 +00004687 AddrModeInsts.clear();
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004688 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> LargeOffsetGEP(nullptr,
4689 0);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004690 ExtAddrMode NewAddrMode = AddressingModeMatcher::Match(
Serguei Katkova6fba3d2017-07-18 05:16:38 +00004691 V, AccessTy, AddrSpace, MemoryInst, AddrModeInsts, *TLI, *TRI,
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004692 InsertedInsts, PromotedInsts, TPT, LargeOffsetGEP);
Cameron Zwarich13c885d2011-03-05 08:12:26 +00004693
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004694 GetElementPtrInst *GEP = LargeOffsetGEP.first;
4695 if (GEP && GEP->getParent() != MemoryInst->getParent() &&
4696 !NewGEPBases.count(GEP)) {
4697 // If splitting the underlying data structure can reduce the offset of a
4698 // GEP, collect the GEP. Skip the GEPs that are the new bases of
4699 // previously split data structures.
4700 LargeOffsetGEPMap[GEP->getPointerOperand()].push_back(LargeOffsetGEP);
4701 if (LargeOffsetGEPID.find(GEP) == LargeOffsetGEPID.end())
4702 LargeOffsetGEPID[GEP] = LargeOffsetGEPID.size();
4703 }
4704
4705 NewAddrMode.OriginalValue = V;
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004706 if (!AddrModes.addNewAddrMode(NewAddrMode))
4707 break;
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004708 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004709
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004710 // Try to combine the AddrModes we've collected. If we couldn't collect any,
4711 // or we have multiple but either couldn't combine them or combining them
4712 // wouldn't do anything useful, bail out now.
4713 if (!AddrModes.combineAddrModes()) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004714 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4715 return false;
4716 }
4717 TPT.commit();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004718
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004719 // Get the combined AddrMode (or the only AddrMode, if we only had one).
4720 ExtAddrMode AddrMode = AddrModes.getAddrMode();
4721
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004722 // If all the instructions matched are already in this BB, don't do anything.
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004723 // If we saw a Phi node then it is not local definitely, and if we saw a select
4724 // then we want to push the address calculation past it even if it's already
4725 // in this BB.
4726 if (!PhiOrSelectSeen && none_of(AddrModeInsts, [&](Value *V) {
Justin Lebar838c7f52016-11-21 22:49:11 +00004727 return IsNonLocalValue(V, MemoryInst->getParent());
Serguei Katkov0b7b59a2017-07-11 06:24:44 +00004728 })) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004729 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: Found local addrmode: " << AddrMode
4730 << "\n");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004731 return false;
4732 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004733
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004734 // Insert this computation right after this user. Since our caller is
4735 // scanning from the top of the BB to the bottom, reuse of the expr are
4736 // guaranteed to happen later.
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004737 IRBuilder<> Builder(MemoryInst);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004738
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004739 // Now that we determined the addressing expression we want to use and know
4740 // that we have to sink it into this block. Check to see if we have already
Simon Dardis230f4532017-11-24 16:45:28 +00004741 // done this for some other load/store instr in this block. If so, reuse
4742 // the computation. Before attempting reuse, check if the address is valid
4743 // as it may have been erased.
4744
4745 WeakTrackingVH SunkAddrVH = SunkAddrs[Addr];
4746
4747 Value * SunkAddr = SunkAddrVH.pointsToAliveValue() ? SunkAddrVH : nullptr;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004748 if (SunkAddr) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004749 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: Reusing nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode
4750 << " for " << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004751 if (SunkAddr->getType() != Addr->getType())
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004752 SunkAddr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(SunkAddr, Addr->getType());
Eric Christopherfccff372015-01-27 01:01:38 +00004753 } else if (AddrSinkUsingGEPs ||
David Blaikie8ad9a972018-03-28 22:28:50 +00004754 (!AddrSinkUsingGEPs.getNumOccurrences() && TM && TTI->useAA())) {
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004755 // By default, we use the GEP-based method when AA is used later. This
4756 // prevents new inttoptr/ptrtoint pairs from degrading AA capabilities.
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004757 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: SINKING nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode
4758 << " for " << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00004759 Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(Addr->getType());
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004760 Value *ResultPtr = nullptr, *ResultIndex = nullptr;
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004761
4762 // First, find the pointer.
4763 if (AddrMode.BaseReg && AddrMode.BaseReg->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4764 ResultPtr = AddrMode.BaseReg;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004765 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004766 }
4767
4768 if (AddrMode.Scale && AddrMode.ScaledReg->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4769 // We can't add more than one pointer together, nor can we scale a
4770 // pointer (both of which seem meaningless).
4771 if (ResultPtr || AddrMode.Scale != 1)
4772 return false;
4773
4774 ResultPtr = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
4775 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
4776 }
4777
Eli Friedman6f7c9ad2017-07-12 23:30:02 +00004778 // It is only safe to sign extend the BaseReg if we know that the math
4779 // required to create it did not overflow before we extend it. Since
4780 // the original IR value was tossed in favor of a constant back when
4781 // the AddrMode was created we need to bail out gracefully if widths
4782 // do not match instead of extending it.
4783 //
4784 // (See below for code to add the scale.)
4785 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
4786 Type *ScaledRegTy = AddrMode.ScaledReg->getType();
4787 if (cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() >
4788 cast<IntegerType>(ScaledRegTy)->getBitWidth())
4789 return false;
4790 }
4791
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004792 if (AddrMode.BaseGV) {
4793 if (ResultPtr)
4794 return false;
4795
4796 ResultPtr = AddrMode.BaseGV;
4797 }
4798
4799 // If the real base value actually came from an inttoptr, then the matcher
4800 // will look through it and provide only the integer value. In that case,
4801 // use it here.
Keno Fischer05e4ac22017-06-29 20:28:59 +00004802 if (!DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(Addr->getType())) {
4803 if (!ResultPtr && AddrMode.BaseReg) {
David L. Jonesd81f2302019-01-31 03:28:46 +00004804 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrMode.BaseReg, Addr->getType(),
4805 "sunkaddr");
Keno Fischer05e4ac22017-06-29 20:28:59 +00004806 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
4807 } else if (!ResultPtr && AddrMode.Scale == 1) {
David L. Jonesd81f2302019-01-31 03:28:46 +00004808 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrMode.ScaledReg, Addr->getType(),
4809 "sunkaddr");
Keno Fischer05e4ac22017-06-29 20:28:59 +00004810 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
4811 }
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004812 }
4813
4814 if (!ResultPtr &&
4815 !AddrMode.BaseReg && !AddrMode.Scale && !AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
4816 SunkAddr = Constant::getNullValue(Addr->getType());
4817 } else if (!ResultPtr) {
4818 return false;
4819 } else {
4820 Type *I8PtrTy =
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00004821 Builder.getInt8PtrTy(Addr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
4822 Type *I8Ty = Builder.getInt8Ty();
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004823
4824 // Start with the base register. Do this first so that subsequent address
4825 // matching finds it last, which will prevent it from trying to match it
4826 // as the scaled value in case it happens to be a mul. That would be
4827 // problematic if we've sunk a different mul for the scale, because then
4828 // we'd end up sinking both muls.
4829 if (AddrMode.BaseReg) {
4830 Value *V = AddrMode.BaseReg;
4831 if (V->getType() != IntPtrTy)
4832 V = Builder.CreateIntCast(V, IntPtrTy, /*isSigned=*/true, "sunkaddr");
4833
4834 ResultIndex = V;
4835 }
4836
4837 // Add the scale value.
4838 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
4839 Value *V = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
4840 if (V->getType() == IntPtrTy) {
4841 // done.
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004842 } else {
Eli Friedman6f7c9ad2017-07-12 23:30:02 +00004843 assert(cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() <
4844 cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitWidth() &&
4845 "We can't transform if ScaledReg is too narrow");
4846 V = Builder.CreateTrunc(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004847 }
4848
4849 if (AddrMode.Scale != 1)
4850 V = Builder.CreateMul(V, ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.Scale),
4851 "sunkaddr");
4852 if (ResultIndex)
4853 ResultIndex = Builder.CreateAdd(ResultIndex, V, "sunkaddr");
4854 else
4855 ResultIndex = V;
4856 }
4857
4858 // Add in the Base Offset if present.
4859 if (AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
4860 Value *V = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.BaseOffs);
4861 if (ResultIndex) {
NAKAMURA Takumif51a34e2014-10-29 15:23:11 +00004862 // We need to add this separately from the scale above to help with
4863 // SDAG consecutive load/store merging.
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004864 if (ResultPtr->getType() != I8PtrTy)
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004865 ResultPtr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ResultPtr, I8PtrTy);
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00004866 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, ResultPtr, ResultIndex, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004867 }
4868
4869 ResultIndex = V;
4870 }
4871
4872 if (!ResultIndex) {
4873 SunkAddr = ResultPtr;
4874 } else {
4875 if (ResultPtr->getType() != I8PtrTy)
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004876 ResultPtr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ResultPtr, I8PtrTy);
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00004877 SunkAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, ResultPtr, ResultIndex, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004878 }
4879
4880 if (SunkAddr->getType() != Addr->getType())
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004881 SunkAddr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(SunkAddr, Addr->getType());
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004882 }
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004883 } else {
Keno Fischer05e4ac22017-06-29 20:28:59 +00004884 // We'd require a ptrtoint/inttoptr down the line, which we can't do for
4885 // non-integral pointers, so in that case bail out now.
4886 Type *BaseTy = AddrMode.BaseReg ? AddrMode.BaseReg->getType() : nullptr;
4887 Type *ScaleTy = AddrMode.Scale ? AddrMode.ScaledReg->getType() : nullptr;
4888 PointerType *BasePtrTy = dyn_cast_or_null<PointerType>(BaseTy);
4889 PointerType *ScalePtrTy = dyn_cast_or_null<PointerType>(ScaleTy);
4890 if (DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(Addr->getType()) ||
4891 (BasePtrTy && DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(BasePtrTy)) ||
4892 (ScalePtrTy && DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(ScalePtrTy)) ||
4893 (AddrMode.BaseGV &&
4894 DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(AddrMode.BaseGV->getType())))
4895 return false;
4896
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004897 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: SINKING nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode
4898 << " for " << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00004899 Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(Addr->getType());
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004900 Value *Result = nullptr;
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00004901
4902 // Start with the base register. Do this first so that subsequent address
4903 // matching finds it last, which will prevent it from trying to match it
4904 // as the scaled value in case it happens to be a mul. That would be
4905 // problematic if we've sunk a different mul for the scale, because then
4906 // we'd end up sinking both muls.
4907 if (AddrMode.BaseReg) {
4908 Value *V = AddrMode.BaseReg;
Duncan Sands19d0b472010-02-16 11:11:14 +00004909 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy())
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004910 V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00004911 if (V->getType() != IntPtrTy)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004912 V = Builder.CreateIntCast(V, IntPtrTy, /*isSigned=*/true, "sunkaddr");
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00004913 Result = V;
4914 }
4915
4916 // Add the scale value.
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004917 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
4918 Value *V = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
4919 if (V->getType() == IntPtrTy) {
4920 // done.
Duncan Sands19d0b472010-02-16 11:11:14 +00004921 } else if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004922 V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004923 } else if (cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() <
4924 cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitWidth()) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004925 V = Builder.CreateTrunc(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004926 } else {
Jim Grosbached2cd392014-03-26 17:27:01 +00004927 // It is only safe to sign extend the BaseReg if we know that the math
4928 // required to create it did not overflow before we extend it. Since
4929 // the original IR value was tossed in favor of a constant back when
4930 // the AddrMode was created we need to bail out gracefully if widths
4931 // do not match instead of extending it.
Joey Gouly12a8bf02014-05-13 15:42:45 +00004932 Instruction *I = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(Result);
Jim Grosbach83b44e12014-04-10 00:27:45 +00004933 if (I && (Result != AddrMode.BaseReg))
4934 I->eraseFromParent();
Jim Grosbached2cd392014-03-26 17:27:01 +00004935 return false;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004936 }
4937 if (AddrMode.Scale != 1)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004938 V = Builder.CreateMul(V, ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.Scale),
4939 "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004940 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004941 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004942 else
4943 Result = V;
4944 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004945
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004946 // Add in the BaseGV if present.
4947 if (AddrMode.BaseGV) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004948 Value *V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(AddrMode.BaseGV, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004949 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004950 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004951 else
4952 Result = V;
4953 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004954
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004955 // Add in the Base Offset if present.
4956 if (AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
Owen Andersonedb4a702009-07-24 23:12:02 +00004957 Value *V = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.BaseOffs);
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004958 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004959 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004960 else
4961 Result = V;
4962 }
4963
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004964 if (!Result)
Owen Anderson5a1acd92009-07-31 20:28:14 +00004965 SunkAddr = Constant::getNullValue(Addr->getType());
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004966 else
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004967 SunkAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Result, Addr->getType(), "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004968 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004969
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004970 MemoryInst->replaceUsesOfWith(Repl, SunkAddr);
Simon Dardis230f4532017-11-24 16:45:28 +00004971 // Store the newly computed address into the cache. In the case we reused a
4972 // value, this should be idempotent.
4973 SunkAddrs[Addr] = WeakTrackingVH(SunkAddr);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004974
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004975 // If we have no uses, recursively delete the value and all dead instructions
4976 // using it.
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004977 if (Repl->use_empty()) {
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004978 // This can cause recursive deletion, which can invalidate our iterator.
Sanjoy Dase6bca0e2017-05-01 17:07:49 +00004979 // Use a WeakTrackingVH to hold onto it in case this happens.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith7b269642016-02-21 19:37:45 +00004980 Value *CurValue = &*CurInstIterator;
Sanjoy Dase6bca0e2017-05-01 17:07:49 +00004981 WeakTrackingVH IterHandle(CurValue);
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004982 BasicBlock *BB = CurInstIterator->getParent();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004983
Benjamin Kramer8bcc9712012-08-29 15:32:21 +00004984 RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions(Repl, TLInfo);
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004985
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith7b269642016-02-21 19:37:45 +00004986 if (IterHandle != CurValue) {
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004987 // If the iterator instruction was recursively deleted, start over at the
4988 // start of the block.
4989 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
4990 SunkAddrs.clear();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004991 }
Dale Johannesenb67a6e662010-03-31 20:37:15 +00004992 }
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00004993 ++NumMemoryInsts;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004994 return true;
4995}
4996
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004997/// If there are any memory operands, use OptimizeMemoryInst to sink their
4998/// address computing into the block when possible / profitable.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004999bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeInlineAsmInst(CallInst *CS) {
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00005000 bool MadeChange = false;
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00005001
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00005002 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI =
Sanjay Patel4137d512017-06-07 14:29:52 +00005003 TM->getSubtargetImpl(*CS->getFunction())->getRegisterInfo();
Mehdi Amini8ac7a9d2015-07-07 19:07:19 +00005004 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfoVector TargetConstraints =
5005 TLI->ParseConstraints(*DL, TRI, CS);
Dale Johannesenf95f59a2010-09-16 18:30:55 +00005006 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
John Thompson1094c802010-09-13 18:15:37 +00005007 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TargetConstraints.size(); i != e; ++i) {
5008 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo = TargetConstraints[i];
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00005009
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00005010 // Compute the constraint code and ConstraintType to use.
Dale Johannesence97d552010-06-25 21:55:36 +00005011 TLI->ComputeConstraintToUse(OpInfo, SDValue());
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00005012
Eli Friedman666bbe32008-02-26 18:37:49 +00005013 if (OpInfo.ConstraintType == TargetLowering::C_Memory &&
5014 OpInfo.isIndirect) {
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00005015 Value *OpVal = CS->getArgOperand(ArgNo++);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00005016 MadeChange |= optimizeMemoryInst(CS, OpVal, OpVal->getType(), ~0u);
Dale Johannesenf95f59a2010-09-16 18:30:55 +00005017 } else if (OpInfo.Type == InlineAsm::isInput)
5018 ArgNo++;
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00005019 }
5020
5021 return MadeChange;
5022}
5023
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00005024/// Check if all the uses of \p Val are equivalent (or free) zero or
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005025/// sign extensions.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005026static bool hasSameExtUse(Value *Val, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
5027 assert(!Val->use_empty() && "Input must have at least one use");
5028 const Instruction *FirstUser = cast<Instruction>(*Val->user_begin());
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005029 bool IsSExt = isa<SExtInst>(FirstUser);
5030 Type *ExtTy = FirstUser->getType();
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005031 for (const User *U : Val->users()) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005032 const Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
5033 if ((IsSExt && !isa<SExtInst>(UI)) || (!IsSExt && !isa<ZExtInst>(UI)))
5034 return false;
5035 Type *CurTy = UI->getType();
5036 // Same input and output types: Same instruction after CSE.
5037 if (CurTy == ExtTy)
5038 continue;
5039
5040 // If IsSExt is true, we are in this situation:
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005041 // a = Val
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005042 // b = sext ty1 a to ty2
5043 // c = sext ty1 a to ty3
5044 // Assuming ty2 is shorter than ty3, this could be turned into:
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005045 // a = Val
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005046 // b = sext ty1 a to ty2
5047 // c = sext ty2 b to ty3
5048 // However, the last sext is not free.
5049 if (IsSExt)
5050 return false;
5051
5052 // This is a ZExt, maybe this is free to extend from one type to another.
5053 // In that case, we would not account for a different use.
5054 Type *NarrowTy;
5055 Type *LargeTy;
5056 if (ExtTy->getScalarType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >
5057 CurTy->getScalarType()->getIntegerBitWidth()) {
5058 NarrowTy = CurTy;
5059 LargeTy = ExtTy;
5060 } else {
5061 NarrowTy = ExtTy;
5062 LargeTy = CurTy;
5063 }
5064
5065 if (!TLI.isZExtFree(NarrowTy, LargeTy))
5066 return false;
5067 }
5068 // All uses are the same or can be derived from one another for free.
5069 return true;
5070}
5071
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00005072/// Try to speculatively promote extensions in \p Exts and continue
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005073/// promoting through newly promoted operands recursively as far as doing so is
5074/// profitable. Save extensions profitably moved up, in \p ProfitablyMovedExts.
5075/// When some promotion happened, \p TPT contains the proper state to revert
5076/// them.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005077///
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005078/// \return true if some promotion happened, false otherwise.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005079bool CodeGenPrepare::tryToPromoteExts(
5080 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT, const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Exts,
5081 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &ProfitablyMovedExts,
5082 unsigned CreatedInstsCost) {
5083 bool Promoted = false;
5084
5085 // Iterate over all the extensions to try to promote them.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005086 for (auto I : Exts) {
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005087 // Early check if we directly have ext(load).
5088 if (isa<LoadInst>(I->getOperand(0))) {
5089 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
5090 continue;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005091 }
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005092
5093 // Check whether or not we want to do any promotion. The reason we have
5094 // this check inside the for loop is to catch the case where an extension
5095 // is directly fed by a load because in such case the extension can be moved
5096 // up without any promotion on its operands.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005097 if (!TLI || !TLI->enableExtLdPromotion() || DisableExtLdPromotion)
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005098 return false;
5099
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005100 // Get the action to perform the promotion.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005101 TypePromotionHelper::Action TPH =
5102 TypePromotionHelper::getAction(I, InsertedInsts, *TLI, PromotedInsts);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005103 // Check if we can promote.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005104 if (!TPH) {
5105 // Save the current extension as we cannot move up through its operand.
5106 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005107 continue;
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005108 }
5109
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005110 // Save the current state.
5111 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
5112 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
5113 SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> NewExts;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00005114 unsigned NewCreatedInstsCost = 0;
5115 unsigned ExtCost = !TLI->isExtFree(I);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005116 // Promote.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00005117 Value *PromotedVal = TPH(I, TPT, PromotedInsts, NewCreatedInstsCost,
5118 &NewExts, nullptr, *TLI);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005119 assert(PromotedVal &&
5120 "TypePromotionHelper should have filtered out those cases");
5121
5122 // We would be able to merge only one extension in a load.
5123 // Therefore, if we have more than 1 new extension we heuristically
5124 // cut this search path, because it means we degrade the code quality.
5125 // With exactly 2, the transformation is neutral, because we will merge
5126 // one extension but leave one. However, we optimistically keep going,
5127 // because the new extension may be removed too.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00005128 long long TotalCreatedInstsCost = CreatedInstsCost + NewCreatedInstsCost;
Jun Bum Limb99a06b2017-01-27 17:16:37 +00005129 // FIXME: It would be possible to propagate a negative value instead of
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005130 // conservatively ceiling it to 0.
Jun Bum Limb99a06b2017-01-27 17:16:37 +00005131 TotalCreatedInstsCost =
5132 std::max((long long)0, (TotalCreatedInstsCost - ExtCost));
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005133 if (!StressExtLdPromotion &&
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00005134 (TotalCreatedInstsCost > 1 ||
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00005135 !isPromotedInstructionLegal(*TLI, *DL, PromotedVal))) {
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005136 // This promotion is not profitable, rollback to the previous state, and
5137 // save the current extension in ProfitablyMovedExts as the latest
5138 // speculative promotion turned out to be unprofitable.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005139 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005140 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
5141 continue;
5142 }
5143 // Continue promoting NewExts as far as doing so is profitable.
5144 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> NewlyMovedExts;
5145 (void)tryToPromoteExts(TPT, NewExts, NewlyMovedExts, TotalCreatedInstsCost);
5146 bool NewPromoted = false;
5147 for (auto ExtInst : NewlyMovedExts) {
5148 Instruction *MovedExt = cast<Instruction>(ExtInst);
5149 Value *ExtOperand = MovedExt->getOperand(0);
5150 // If we have reached to a load, we need this extra profitability check
5151 // as it could potentially be merged into an ext(load).
5152 if (isa<LoadInst>(ExtOperand) &&
5153 !(StressExtLdPromotion || NewCreatedInstsCost <= ExtCost ||
5154 (ExtOperand->hasOneUse() || hasSameExtUse(ExtOperand, *TLI))))
5155 continue;
5156
5157 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(MovedExt);
5158 NewPromoted = true;
5159 }
5160
5161 // If none of speculative promotions for NewExts is profitable, rollback
5162 // and save the current extension (I) as the last profitable extension.
5163 if (!NewPromoted) {
5164 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
5165 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005166 continue;
5167 }
5168 // The promotion is profitable.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005169 Promoted = true;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005170 }
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005171 return Promoted;
5172}
5173
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005174/// Merging redundant sexts when one is dominating the other.
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +00005175bool CodeGenPrepare::mergeSExts(Function &F, DominatorTree &DT) {
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005176 bool Changed = false;
5177 for (auto &Entry : ValToSExtendedUses) {
5178 SExts &Insts = Entry.second;
5179 SExts CurPts;
5180 for (Instruction *Inst : Insts) {
5181 if (RemovedInsts.count(Inst) || !isa<SExtInst>(Inst) ||
5182 Inst->getOperand(0) != Entry.first)
5183 continue;
5184 bool inserted = false;
5185 for (auto &Pt : CurPts) {
5186 if (DT.dominates(Inst, Pt)) {
5187 Pt->replaceAllUsesWith(Inst);
5188 RemovedInsts.insert(Pt);
5189 Pt->removeFromParent();
5190 Pt = Inst;
5191 inserted = true;
5192 Changed = true;
5193 break;
5194 }
5195 if (!DT.dominates(Pt, Inst))
5196 // Give up if we need to merge in a common dominator as the
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00005197 // experiments show it is not profitable.
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005198 continue;
5199 Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(Pt);
5200 RemovedInsts.insert(Inst);
5201 Inst->removeFromParent();
5202 inserted = true;
5203 Changed = true;
5204 break;
5205 }
5206 if (!inserted)
5207 CurPts.push_back(Inst);
5208 }
5209 }
5210 return Changed;
5211}
5212
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00005213// Spliting large data structures so that the GEPs accessing them can have
5214// smaller offsets so that they can be sunk to the same blocks as their users.
5215// For example, a large struct starting from %base is splitted into two parts
5216// where the second part starts from %new_base.
5217//
5218// Before:
5219// BB0:
5220// %base =
5221//
5222// BB1:
5223// %gep0 = gep %base, off0
5224// %gep1 = gep %base, off1
5225// %gep2 = gep %base, off2
5226//
5227// BB2:
5228// %load1 = load %gep0
5229// %load2 = load %gep1
5230// %load3 = load %gep2
5231//
5232// After:
5233// BB0:
5234// %base =
5235// %new_base = gep %base, off0
5236//
5237// BB1:
5238// %new_gep0 = %new_base
5239// %new_gep1 = gep %new_base, off1 - off0
5240// %new_gep2 = gep %new_base, off2 - off0
5241//
5242// BB2:
5243// %load1 = load i32, i32* %new_gep0
5244// %load2 = load i32, i32* %new_gep1
5245// %load3 = load i32, i32* %new_gep2
5246//
5247// %new_gep1 and %new_gep2 can be sunk to BB2 now after the splitting because
5248// their offsets are smaller enough to fit into the addressing mode.
5249bool CodeGenPrepare::splitLargeGEPOffsets() {
5250 bool Changed = false;
5251 for (auto &Entry : LargeOffsetGEPMap) {
5252 Value *OldBase = Entry.first;
5253 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t>>
5254 &LargeOffsetGEPs = Entry.second;
5255 auto compareGEPOffset =
5256 [&](const std::pair<GetElementPtrInst *, int64_t> &LHS,
5257 const std::pair<GetElementPtrInst *, int64_t> &RHS) {
5258 if (LHS.first == RHS.first)
5259 return false;
5260 if (LHS.second != RHS.second)
5261 return LHS.second < RHS.second;
5262 return LargeOffsetGEPID[LHS.first] < LargeOffsetGEPID[RHS.first];
5263 };
5264 // Sorting all the GEPs of the same data structures based on the offsets.
Fangrui Song0cac7262018-09-27 02:13:45 +00005265 llvm::sort(LargeOffsetGEPs, compareGEPOffset);
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00005266 LargeOffsetGEPs.erase(
5267 std::unique(LargeOffsetGEPs.begin(), LargeOffsetGEPs.end()),
5268 LargeOffsetGEPs.end());
5269 // Skip if all the GEPs have the same offsets.
5270 if (LargeOffsetGEPs.front().second == LargeOffsetGEPs.back().second)
5271 continue;
5272 GetElementPtrInst *BaseGEP = LargeOffsetGEPs.begin()->first;
5273 int64_t BaseOffset = LargeOffsetGEPs.begin()->second;
5274 Value *NewBaseGEP = nullptr;
5275
5276 auto LargeOffsetGEP = LargeOffsetGEPs.begin();
5277 while (LargeOffsetGEP != LargeOffsetGEPs.end()) {
5278 GetElementPtrInst *GEP = LargeOffsetGEP->first;
5279 int64_t Offset = LargeOffsetGEP->second;
5280 if (Offset != BaseOffset) {
5281 TargetLowering::AddrMode AddrMode;
5282 AddrMode.BaseOffs = Offset - BaseOffset;
5283 // The result type of the GEP might not be the type of the memory
5284 // access.
5285 if (!TLI->isLegalAddressingMode(*DL, AddrMode,
5286 GEP->getResultElementType(),
5287 GEP->getAddressSpace())) {
5288 // We need to create a new base if the offset to the current base is
5289 // too large to fit into the addressing mode. So, a very large struct
5290 // may be splitted into several parts.
5291 BaseGEP = GEP;
5292 BaseOffset = Offset;
5293 NewBaseGEP = nullptr;
5294 }
5295 }
5296
5297 // Generate a new GEP to replace the current one.
Eli Friedmana69084f2018-12-19 22:52:04 +00005298 LLVMContext &Ctx = GEP->getContext();
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00005299 Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(GEP->getType());
5300 Type *I8PtrTy =
Eli Friedmana69084f2018-12-19 22:52:04 +00005301 Type::getInt8PtrTy(Ctx, GEP->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
5302 Type *I8Ty = Type::getInt8Ty(Ctx);
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00005303
5304 if (!NewBaseGEP) {
5305 // Create a new base if we don't have one yet. Find the insertion
5306 // pointer for the new base first.
5307 BasicBlock::iterator NewBaseInsertPt;
5308 BasicBlock *NewBaseInsertBB;
5309 if (auto *BaseI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OldBase)) {
5310 // If the base of the struct is an instruction, the new base will be
5311 // inserted close to it.
5312 NewBaseInsertBB = BaseI->getParent();
5313 if (isa<PHINode>(BaseI))
5314 NewBaseInsertPt = NewBaseInsertBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
5315 else if (InvokeInst *Invoke = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(BaseI)) {
5316 NewBaseInsertBB =
5317 SplitEdge(NewBaseInsertBB, Invoke->getNormalDest());
5318 NewBaseInsertPt = NewBaseInsertBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
5319 } else
5320 NewBaseInsertPt = std::next(BaseI->getIterator());
5321 } else {
5322 // If the current base is an argument or global value, the new base
5323 // will be inserted to the entry block.
5324 NewBaseInsertBB = &BaseGEP->getFunction()->getEntryBlock();
5325 NewBaseInsertPt = NewBaseInsertBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
5326 }
5327 IRBuilder<> NewBaseBuilder(NewBaseInsertBB, NewBaseInsertPt);
5328 // Create a new base.
5329 Value *BaseIndex = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, BaseOffset);
5330 NewBaseGEP = OldBase;
5331 if (NewBaseGEP->getType() != I8PtrTy)
5332 NewBaseGEP = NewBaseBuilder.CreatePointerCast(NewBaseGEP, I8PtrTy);
5333 NewBaseGEP =
5334 NewBaseBuilder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, NewBaseGEP, BaseIndex, "splitgep");
5335 NewGEPBases.insert(NewBaseGEP);
5336 }
5337
Eli Friedmana69084f2018-12-19 22:52:04 +00005338 IRBuilder<> Builder(GEP);
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00005339 Value *NewGEP = NewBaseGEP;
5340 if (Offset == BaseOffset) {
5341 if (GEP->getType() != I8PtrTy)
5342 NewGEP = Builder.CreatePointerCast(NewGEP, GEP->getType());
5343 } else {
5344 // Calculate the new offset for the new GEP.
5345 Value *Index = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Offset - BaseOffset);
5346 NewGEP = Builder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, NewBaseGEP, Index);
5347
5348 if (GEP->getType() != I8PtrTy)
5349 NewGEP = Builder.CreatePointerCast(NewGEP, GEP->getType());
5350 }
5351 GEP->replaceAllUsesWith(NewGEP);
5352 LargeOffsetGEPID.erase(GEP);
5353 LargeOffsetGEP = LargeOffsetGEPs.erase(LargeOffsetGEP);
5354 GEP->eraseFromParent();
5355 Changed = true;
5356 }
5357 }
5358 return Changed;
5359}
5360
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005361/// Return true, if an ext(load) can be formed from an extension in
5362/// \p MovedExts.
5363bool CodeGenPrepare::canFormExtLd(
5364 const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &MovedExts, LoadInst *&LI,
5365 Instruction *&Inst, bool HasPromoted) {
5366 for (auto *MovedExtInst : MovedExts) {
5367 if (isa<LoadInst>(MovedExtInst->getOperand(0))) {
5368 LI = cast<LoadInst>(MovedExtInst->getOperand(0));
5369 Inst = MovedExtInst;
5370 break;
5371 }
5372 }
5373 if (!LI)
5374 return false;
5375
5376 // If they're already in the same block, there's nothing to do.
5377 // Make the cheap checks first if we did not promote.
5378 // If we promoted, we need to check if it is indeed profitable.
5379 if (!HasPromoted && LI->getParent() == Inst->getParent())
5380 return false;
5381
Haicheng Wuabdef9e2017-07-15 02:12:16 +00005382 return TLI->isExtLoad(LI, Inst, *DL);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005383}
5384
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00005385/// Move a zext or sext fed by a load into the same basic block as the load,
5386/// unless conditions are unfavorable. This allows SelectionDAG to fold the
5387/// extend into the load.
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005388///
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005389/// E.g.,
5390/// \code
5391/// %ld = load i32* %addr
5392/// %add = add nuw i32 %ld, 4
5393/// %zext = zext i32 %add to i64
5394// \endcode
5395/// =>
5396/// \code
5397/// %ld = load i32* %addr
5398/// %zext = zext i32 %ld to i64
5399/// %add = add nuw i64 %zext, 4
5400/// \encode
5401/// Note that the promotion in %add to i64 is done in tryToPromoteExts(), which
5402/// allow us to match zext(load i32*) to i64.
5403///
5404/// Also, try to promote the computations used to obtain a sign extended
5405/// value used into memory accesses.
5406/// E.g.,
5407/// \code
5408/// a = add nsw i32 b, 3
5409/// d = sext i32 a to i64
5410/// e = getelementptr ..., i64 d
5411/// \endcode
5412/// =>
5413/// \code
5414/// f = sext i32 b to i64
5415/// a = add nsw i64 f, 3
5416/// e = getelementptr ..., i64 a
5417/// \endcode
5418///
5419/// \p Inst[in/out] the extension may be modified during the process if some
5420/// promotions apply.
5421bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExt(Instruction *&Inst) {
5422 // ExtLoad formation and address type promotion infrastructure requires TLI to
5423 // be effective.
Chandler Carruth0f139b42016-11-04 06:54:00 +00005424 if (!TLI)
5425 return false;
5426
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005427 bool AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader = false;
5428 /// See if it is an interesting sext operations for the address type
5429 /// promotion before trying to promote it, e.g., the ones with the right
5430 /// type and used in memory accesses.
5431 bool ATPConsiderable = TTI->shouldConsiderAddressTypePromotion(
5432 *Inst, AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader);
5433 TypePromotionTransaction TPT(RemovedInsts);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005434 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005435 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005436 SmallVector<Instruction *, 1> Exts;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005437 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> SpeculativelyMovedExts;
5438 Exts.push_back(Inst);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005439
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005440 bool HasPromoted = tryToPromoteExts(TPT, Exts, SpeculativelyMovedExts);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005441
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005442 // Look for a load being extended.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005443 LoadInst *LI = nullptr;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005444 Instruction *ExtFedByLoad;
5445
5446 // Try to promote a chain of computation if it allows to form an extended
5447 // load.
5448 if (canFormExtLd(SpeculativelyMovedExts, LI, ExtFedByLoad, HasPromoted)) {
5449 assert(LI && ExtFedByLoad && "Expect a valid load and extension");
5450 TPT.commit();
5451 // Move the extend into the same block as the load
Sanjay Patel674d2c22017-08-29 14:07:48 +00005452 ExtFedByLoad->moveAfter(LI);
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005453 // CGP does not check if the zext would be speculatively executed when moved
5454 // to the same basic block as the load. Preserving its original location
5455 // would pessimize the debugging experience, as well as negatively impact
5456 // the quality of sample pgo. We don't want to use "line 0" as that has a
5457 // size cost in the line-table section and logically the zext can be seen as
5458 // part of the load. Therefore we conservatively reuse the same debug
5459 // location for the load and the zext.
5460 ExtFedByLoad->setDebugLoc(LI->getDebugLoc());
5461 ++NumExtsMoved;
5462 Inst = ExtFedByLoad;
5463 return true;
5464 }
5465
5466 // Continue promoting SExts if known as considerable depending on targets.
5467 if (ATPConsiderable &&
5468 performAddressTypePromotion(Inst, AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader,
5469 HasPromoted, TPT, SpeculativelyMovedExts))
5470 return true;
5471
5472 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
5473 return false;
5474}
5475
5476// Perform address type promotion if doing so is profitable.
5477// If AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader == false, we should find other sext
5478// instructions that sign extended the same initial value. However, if
5479// AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader == true, we expect promoting the
5480// extension is just profitable.
5481bool CodeGenPrepare::performAddressTypePromotion(
5482 Instruction *&Inst, bool AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader,
5483 bool HasPromoted, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
5484 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
5485 bool Promoted = false;
5486 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 1> UnhandledExts;
5487 bool AllSeenFirst = true;
5488 for (auto I : SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
5489 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
5490 DenseMap<Value *, Instruction *>::iterator AlreadySeen =
5491 SeenChainsForSExt.find(HeadOfChain);
5492 // If there is an unhandled SExt which has the same header, try to promote
5493 // it as well.
5494 if (AlreadySeen != SeenChainsForSExt.end()) {
5495 if (AlreadySeen->second != nullptr)
5496 UnhandledExts.insert(AlreadySeen->second);
5497 AllSeenFirst = false;
5498 }
5499 }
5500
5501 if (!AllSeenFirst || (AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader &&
5502 SpeculativelyMovedExts.size() == 1)) {
5503 TPT.commit();
5504 if (HasPromoted)
5505 Promoted = true;
5506 for (auto I : SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
5507 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
5508 SeenChainsForSExt[HeadOfChain] = nullptr;
5509 ValToSExtendedUses[HeadOfChain].push_back(I);
5510 }
5511 // Update Inst as promotion happen.
5512 Inst = SpeculativelyMovedExts.pop_back_val();
5513 } else {
5514 // This is the first chain visited from the header, keep the current chain
5515 // as unhandled. Defer to promote this until we encounter another SExt
5516 // chain derived from the same header.
5517 for (auto I : SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
5518 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
5519 SeenChainsForSExt[HeadOfChain] = Inst;
5520 }
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005521 return false;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005522 }
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005523
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005524 if (!AllSeenFirst && !UnhandledExts.empty())
5525 for (auto VisitedSExt : UnhandledExts) {
5526 if (RemovedInsts.count(VisitedSExt))
5527 continue;
5528 TypePromotionTransaction TPT(RemovedInsts);
5529 SmallVector<Instruction *, 1> Exts;
5530 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> Chains;
5531 Exts.push_back(VisitedSExt);
5532 bool HasPromoted = tryToPromoteExts(TPT, Exts, Chains);
5533 TPT.commit();
5534 if (HasPromoted)
5535 Promoted = true;
5536 for (auto I : Chains) {
5537 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
5538 // Mark this as handled.
5539 SeenChainsForSExt[HeadOfChain] = nullptr;
5540 ValToSExtendedUses[HeadOfChain].push_back(I);
5541 }
5542 }
5543 return Promoted;
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005544}
5545
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00005546bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExtUses(Instruction *I) {
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005547 BasicBlock *DefBB = I->getParent();
5548
Bob Wilsonff714f92010-09-21 21:44:14 +00005549 // If the result of a {s|z}ext and its source are both live out, rewrite all
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005550 // other uses of the source with result of extension.
5551 Value *Src = I->getOperand(0);
5552 if (Src->hasOneUse())
5553 return false;
5554
Evan Cheng2011df42007-12-13 07:50:36 +00005555 // Only do this xform if truncating is free.
Gabor Greifaa261722008-02-26 19:13:21 +00005556 if (TLI && !TLI->isTruncateFree(I->getType(), Src->getType()))
Evan Cheng37c36ed2007-12-13 03:32:53 +00005557 return false;
5558
Evan Cheng7bc89422007-12-12 00:51:06 +00005559 // Only safe to perform the optimization if the source is also defined in
Evan Cheng63d33cf2007-12-12 02:53:41 +00005560 // this block.
5561 if (!isa<Instruction>(Src) || DefBB != cast<Instruction>(Src)->getParent())
Evan Cheng7bc89422007-12-12 00:51:06 +00005562 return false;
5563
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005564 bool DefIsLiveOut = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005565 for (User *U : I->users()) {
5566 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005567
5568 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005569 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005570 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
5571 DefIsLiveOut = true;
5572 break;
5573 }
5574 if (!DefIsLiveOut)
5575 return false;
5576
Jim Grosbach0f38c1e2013-04-15 17:40:48 +00005577 // Make sure none of the uses are PHI nodes.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005578 for (User *U : Src->users()) {
5579 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
5580 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Evan Cheng37c36ed2007-12-13 03:32:53 +00005581 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
5582 // Be conservative. We don't want this xform to end up introducing
5583 // reloads just before load / store instructions.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005584 if (isa<PHINode>(UI) || isa<LoadInst>(UI) || isa<StoreInst>(UI))
Evan Cheng63d33cf2007-12-12 02:53:41 +00005585 return false;
5586 }
5587
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005588 // InsertedTruncs - Only insert one trunc in each block once.
5589 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Instruction*> InsertedTruncs;
5590
5591 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005592 for (Use &U : Src->uses()) {
5593 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005594
5595 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
5596 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
5597 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
5598
5599 // Both src and def are live in this block. Rewrite the use.
5600 Instruction *&InsertedTrunc = InsertedTruncs[UserBB];
5601
5602 if (!InsertedTrunc) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +00005603 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00005604 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
5605 InsertedTrunc = new TruncInst(I, Src->getType(), "", &*InsertPt);
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00005606 InsertedInsts.insert(InsertedTrunc);
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005607 }
5608
5609 // Replace a use of the {s|z}ext source with a use of the result.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005610 U = InsertedTrunc;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00005611 ++NumExtUses;
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005612 MadeChange = true;
5613 }
5614
5615 return MadeChange;
5616}
5617
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005618// Find loads whose uses only use some of the loaded value's bits. Add an "and"
5619// just after the load if the target can fold this into one extload instruction,
5620// with the hope of eliminating some of the other later "and" instructions using
5621// the loaded value. "and"s that are made trivially redundant by the insertion
5622// of the new "and" are removed by this function, while others (e.g. those whose
5623// path from the load goes through a phi) are left for isel to potentially
5624// remove.
5625//
5626// For example:
5627//
5628// b0:
5629// x = load i32
5630// ...
5631// b1:
5632// y = and x, 0xff
5633// z = use y
5634//
5635// becomes:
5636//
5637// b0:
5638// x = load i32
5639// x' = and x, 0xff
5640// ...
5641// b1:
5642// z = use x'
5643//
5644// whereas:
5645//
5646// b0:
5647// x1 = load i32
5648// ...
5649// b1:
5650// x2 = load i32
5651// ...
5652// b2:
5653// x = phi x1, x2
5654// y = and x, 0xff
5655//
5656// becomes (after a call to optimizeLoadExt for each load):
5657//
5658// b0:
5659// x1 = load i32
5660// x1' = and x1, 0xff
5661// ...
5662// b1:
5663// x2 = load i32
5664// x2' = and x2, 0xff
5665// ...
5666// b2:
5667// x = phi x1', x2'
5668// y = and x, 0xff
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005669bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeLoadExt(LoadInst *Load) {
Vedant Kumarb3091da2018-07-06 20:17:42 +00005670 if (!Load->isSimple() || !Load->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy())
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005671 return false;
5672
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00005673 // Skip loads we've already transformed.
5674 if (Load->hasOneUse() &&
5675 InsertedInsts.count(cast<Instruction>(*Load->user_begin())))
5676 return false;
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005677
5678 // Look at all uses of Load, looking through phis, to determine how many bits
5679 // of the loaded value are needed.
5680 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> WorkList;
5681 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16> Visited;
5682 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> AndsToMaybeRemove;
5683 for (auto *U : Load->users())
5684 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
5685
5686 EVT LoadResultVT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, Load->getType());
5687 unsigned BitWidth = LoadResultVT.getSizeInBits();
5688 APInt DemandBits(BitWidth, 0);
5689 APInt WidestAndBits(BitWidth, 0);
5690
5691 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
5692 Instruction *I = WorkList.back();
5693 WorkList.pop_back();
5694
5695 // Break use-def graph loops.
5696 if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
5697 continue;
5698
5699 // For a PHI node, push all of its users.
5700 if (auto *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
5701 for (auto *U : Phi->users())
5702 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
5703 continue;
5704 }
5705
5706 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005707 case Instruction::And: {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005708 auto *AndC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
5709 if (!AndC)
5710 return false;
5711 APInt AndBits = AndC->getValue();
5712 DemandBits |= AndBits;
5713 // Keep track of the widest and mask we see.
5714 if (AndBits.ugt(WidestAndBits))
5715 WidestAndBits = AndBits;
5716 if (AndBits == WidestAndBits && I->getOperand(0) == Load)
5717 AndsToMaybeRemove.push_back(I);
5718 break;
5719 }
5720
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005721 case Instruction::Shl: {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005722 auto *ShlC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
5723 if (!ShlC)
5724 return false;
5725 uint64_t ShiftAmt = ShlC->getLimitedValue(BitWidth - 1);
Craig Topperfc947bc2017-04-18 17:14:21 +00005726 DemandBits.setLowBits(BitWidth - ShiftAmt);
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005727 break;
5728 }
5729
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005730 case Instruction::Trunc: {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005731 EVT TruncVT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, I->getType());
5732 unsigned TruncBitWidth = TruncVT.getSizeInBits();
Craig Topperfc947bc2017-04-18 17:14:21 +00005733 DemandBits.setLowBits(TruncBitWidth);
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005734 break;
5735 }
5736
5737 default:
5738 return false;
5739 }
5740 }
5741
5742 uint32_t ActiveBits = DemandBits.getActiveBits();
5743 // Avoid hoisting (and (load x) 1) since it is unlikely to be folded by the
5744 // target even if isLoadExtLegal says an i1 EXTLOAD is valid. For example,
5745 // for the AArch64 target isLoadExtLegal(ZEXTLOAD, i32, i1) returns true, but
5746 // (and (load x) 1) is not matched as a single instruction, rather as a LDR
5747 // followed by an AND.
5748 // TODO: Look into removing this restriction by fixing backends to either
5749 // return false for isLoadExtLegal for i1 or have them select this pattern to
5750 // a single instruction.
5751 //
5752 // Also avoid hoisting if we didn't see any ands with the exact DemandBits
5753 // mask, since these are the only ands that will be removed by isel.
Craig Topperd33ee1b2017-04-03 16:34:59 +00005754 if (ActiveBits <= 1 || !DemandBits.isMask(ActiveBits) ||
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005755 WidestAndBits != DemandBits)
5756 return false;
5757
5758 LLVMContext &Ctx = Load->getType()->getContext();
5759 Type *TruncTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ctx, ActiveBits);
5760 EVT TruncVT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, TruncTy);
5761
5762 // Reject cases that won't be matched as extloads.
5763 if (!LoadResultVT.bitsGT(TruncVT) || !TruncVT.isRound() ||
5764 !TLI->isLoadExtLegal(ISD::ZEXTLOAD, LoadResultVT, TruncVT))
5765 return false;
5766
5767 IRBuilder<> Builder(Load->getNextNode());
5768 auto *NewAnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(
5769 Builder.CreateAnd(Load, ConstantInt::get(Ctx, DemandBits)));
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00005770 // Mark this instruction as "inserted by CGP", so that other
5771 // optimizations don't touch it.
5772 InsertedInsts.insert(NewAnd);
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005773
5774 // Replace all uses of load with new and (except for the use of load in the
5775 // new and itself).
5776 Load->replaceAllUsesWith(NewAnd);
5777 NewAnd->setOperand(0, Load);
5778
5779 // Remove any and instructions that are now redundant.
5780 for (auto *And : AndsToMaybeRemove)
5781 // Check that the and mask is the same as the one we decided to put on the
5782 // new and.
5783 if (cast<ConstantInt>(And->getOperand(1))->getValue() == DemandBits) {
5784 And->replaceAllUsesWith(NewAnd);
5785 if (&*CurInstIterator == And)
5786 CurInstIterator = std::next(And->getIterator());
5787 And->eraseFromParent();
5788 ++NumAndUses;
5789 }
5790
5791 ++NumAndsAdded;
5792 return true;
5793}
5794
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005795/// Check if V (an operand of a select instruction) is an expensive instruction
5796/// that is only used once.
5797static bool sinkSelectOperand(const TargetTransformInfo *TTI, Value *V) {
5798 auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
5799 // If it's safe to speculatively execute, then it should not have side
5800 // effects; therefore, it's safe to sink and possibly *not* execute.
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00005801 return I && I->hasOneUse() && isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(I) &&
5802 TTI->getUserCost(I) >= TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Expensive;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005803}
5804
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00005805/// Returns true if a SelectInst should be turned into an explicit branch.
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005806static bool isFormingBranchFromSelectProfitable(const TargetTransformInfo *TTI,
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005807 const TargetLowering *TLI,
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005808 SelectInst *SI) {
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005809 // If even a predictable select is cheap, then a branch can't be cheaper.
5810 if (!TLI->isPredictableSelectExpensive())
5811 return false;
5812
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005813 // FIXME: This should use the same heuristics as IfConversion to determine
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005814 // whether a select is better represented as a branch.
5815
5816 // If metadata tells us that the select condition is obviously predictable,
5817 // then we want to replace the select with a branch.
5818 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
5819 if (SI->extractProfMetadata(TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
5820 uint64_t Max = std::max(TrueWeight, FalseWeight);
5821 uint64_t Sum = TrueWeight + FalseWeight;
Sanjay Patelc7b91e62016-05-09 17:31:55 +00005822 if (Sum != 0) {
5823 auto Probability = BranchProbability::getBranchProbability(Max, Sum);
5824 if (Probability > TLI->getPredictableBranchThreshold())
5825 return true;
5826 }
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005827 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005828
5829 CmpInst *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(SI->getCondition());
5830
Sanjay Patel4e652762015-09-28 22:14:51 +00005831 // If a branch is predictable, an out-of-order CPU can avoid blocking on its
5832 // comparison condition. If the compare has more than one use, there's
5833 // probably another cmov or setcc around, so it's not worth emitting a branch.
Sanjay Patel5e5f0e92015-09-28 21:44:46 +00005834 if (!Cmp || !Cmp->hasOneUse())
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005835 return false;
5836
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005837 // If either operand of the select is expensive and only needed on one side
5838 // of the select, we should form a branch.
5839 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getTrueValue()) ||
5840 sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getFalseValue()))
5841 return true;
5842
5843 return false;
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005844}
5845
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005846/// If \p isTrue is true, return the true value of \p SI, otherwise return
5847/// false value of \p SI. If the true/false value of \p SI is defined by any
5848/// select instructions in \p Selects, look through the defining select
5849/// instruction until the true/false value is not defined in \p Selects.
5850static Value *getTrueOrFalseValue(
5851 SelectInst *SI, bool isTrue,
5852 const SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 2> &Selects) {
5853 Value *V;
5854
5855 for (SelectInst *DefSI = SI; DefSI != nullptr && Selects.count(DefSI);
5856 DefSI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
Dehao Chenc32d7122016-09-12 20:29:54 +00005857 assert(DefSI->getCondition() == SI->getCondition() &&
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005858 "The condition of DefSI does not match with SI");
5859 V = (isTrue ? DefSI->getTrueValue() : DefSI->getFalseValue());
5860 }
5861 return V;
5862}
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005863
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00005864/// If we have a SelectInst that will likely profit from branch prediction,
5865/// turn it into a branch.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00005866bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeSelectInst(SelectInst *SI) {
Vedant Kumarfbc38732018-08-21 23:42:23 +00005867 // If branch conversion isn't desirable, exit early.
5868 if (DisableSelectToBranch || OptSize || !TLI)
5869 return false;
5870
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005871 // Find all consecutive select instructions that share the same condition.
5872 SmallVector<SelectInst *, 2> ASI;
5873 ASI.push_back(SI);
David Blaikie7d306532018-08-28 00:55:19 +00005874 for (BasicBlock::iterator It = ++BasicBlock::iterator(SI);
5875 It != SI->getParent()->end(); ++It) {
5876 SelectInst *I = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(&*It);
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005877 if (I && SI->getCondition() == I->getCondition()) {
5878 ASI.push_back(I);
5879 } else {
5880 break;
5881 }
5882 }
5883
5884 SelectInst *LastSI = ASI.back();
5885 // Increment the current iterator to skip all the rest of select instructions
5886 // because they will be either "not lowered" or "all lowered" to branch.
5887 CurInstIterator = std::next(LastSI->getIterator());
5888
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00005889 bool VectorCond = !SI->getCondition()->getType()->isIntegerTy(1);
5890
5891 // Can we convert the 'select' to CF ?
Vedant Kumarfbc38732018-08-21 23:42:23 +00005892 if (VectorCond || SI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_unpredictable))
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005893 return false;
5894
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00005895 TargetLowering::SelectSupportKind SelectKind;
5896 if (VectorCond)
5897 SelectKind = TargetLowering::VectorMaskSelect;
5898 else if (SI->getType()->isVectorTy())
5899 SelectKind = TargetLowering::ScalarCondVectorVal;
5900 else
5901 SelectKind = TargetLowering::ScalarValSelect;
5902
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005903 if (TLI->isSelectSupported(SelectKind) &&
5904 !isFormingBranchFromSelectProfitable(TTI, TLI, SI))
5905 return false;
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005906
5907 ModifiedDT = true;
5908
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005909 // Transform a sequence like this:
5910 // start:
5911 // %cmp = cmp uge i32 %a, %b
5912 // %sel = select i1 %cmp, i32 %c, i32 %d
5913 //
5914 // Into:
5915 // start:
5916 // %cmp = cmp uge i32 %a, %b
5917 // br i1 %cmp, label %select.true, label %select.false
5918 // select.true:
5919 // br label %select.end
5920 // select.false:
5921 // br label %select.end
5922 // select.end:
5923 // %sel = phi i32 [ %c, %select.true ], [ %d, %select.false ]
5924 //
5925 // In addition, we may sink instructions that produce %c or %d from
5926 // the entry block into the destination(s) of the new branch.
5927 // If the true or false blocks do not contain a sunken instruction, that
5928 // block and its branch may be optimized away. In that case, one side of the
5929 // first branch will point directly to select.end, and the corresponding PHI
5930 // predecessor block will be the start block.
5931
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005932 // First, we split the block containing the select into 2 blocks.
5933 BasicBlock *StartBlock = SI->getParent();
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005934 BasicBlock::iterator SplitPt = ++(BasicBlock::iterator(LastSI));
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005935 BasicBlock *EndBlock = StartBlock->splitBasicBlock(SplitPt, "select.end");
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005936
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005937 // Delete the unconditional branch that was just created by the split.
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005938 StartBlock->getTerminator()->eraseFromParent();
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005939
5940 // These are the new basic blocks for the conditional branch.
5941 // At least one will become an actual new basic block.
5942 BasicBlock *TrueBlock = nullptr;
5943 BasicBlock *FalseBlock = nullptr;
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005944 BranchInst *TrueBranch = nullptr;
5945 BranchInst *FalseBranch = nullptr;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005946
5947 // Sink expensive instructions into the conditional blocks to avoid executing
5948 // them speculatively.
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005949 for (SelectInst *SI : ASI) {
5950 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getTrueValue())) {
5951 if (TrueBlock == nullptr) {
5952 TrueBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.true.sink",
5953 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
5954 TrueBranch = BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, TrueBlock);
Vedant Kumar1e8a2c92018-08-22 00:10:37 +00005955 TrueBranch->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005956 }
5957 auto *TrueInst = cast<Instruction>(SI->getTrueValue());
5958 TrueInst->moveBefore(TrueBranch);
5959 }
5960 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getFalseValue())) {
5961 if (FalseBlock == nullptr) {
5962 FalseBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.false.sink",
5963 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
5964 FalseBranch = BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, FalseBlock);
Vedant Kumar1e8a2c92018-08-22 00:10:37 +00005965 FalseBranch->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005966 }
5967 auto *FalseInst = cast<Instruction>(SI->getFalseValue());
5968 FalseInst->moveBefore(FalseBranch);
5969 }
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005970 }
5971
5972 // If there was nothing to sink, then arbitrarily choose the 'false' side
5973 // for a new input value to the PHI.
5974 if (TrueBlock == FalseBlock) {
5975 assert(TrueBlock == nullptr &&
5976 "Unexpected basic block transform while optimizing select");
5977
5978 FalseBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.false",
5979 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
Vedant Kumar1e8a2c92018-08-22 00:10:37 +00005980 auto *FalseBranch = BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, FalseBlock);
5981 FalseBranch->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005982 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005983
5984 // Insert the real conditional branch based on the original condition.
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005985 // If we did not create a new block for one of the 'true' or 'false' paths
5986 // of the condition, it means that side of the branch goes to the end block
5987 // directly and the path originates from the start block from the point of
5988 // view of the new PHI.
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005989 BasicBlock *TT, *FT;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005990 if (TrueBlock == nullptr) {
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005991 TT = EndBlock;
5992 FT = FalseBlock;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005993 TrueBlock = StartBlock;
5994 } else if (FalseBlock == nullptr) {
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005995 TT = TrueBlock;
5996 FT = EndBlock;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005997 FalseBlock = StartBlock;
5998 } else {
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005999 TT = TrueBlock;
6000 FT = FalseBlock;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00006001 }
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00006002 IRBuilder<>(SI).CreateCondBr(SI->getCondition(), TT, FT, SI);
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00006003
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00006004 SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 2> INS;
6005 INS.insert(ASI.begin(), ASI.end());
6006 // Use reverse iterator because later select may use the value of the
6007 // earlier select, and we need to propagate value through earlier select
6008 // to get the PHI operand.
6009 for (auto It = ASI.rbegin(); It != ASI.rend(); ++It) {
6010 SelectInst *SI = *It;
6011 // The select itself is replaced with a PHI Node.
6012 PHINode *PN = PHINode::Create(SI->getType(), 2, "", &EndBlock->front());
6013 PN->takeName(SI);
6014 PN->addIncoming(getTrueOrFalseValue(SI, true, INS), TrueBlock);
6015 PN->addIncoming(getTrueOrFalseValue(SI, false, INS), FalseBlock);
Vedant Kumar1e8a2c92018-08-22 00:10:37 +00006016 PN->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00006017
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00006018 SI->replaceAllUsesWith(PN);
6019 SI->eraseFromParent();
6020 INS.erase(SI);
6021 ++NumSelectsExpanded;
6022 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00006023
6024 // Instruct OptimizeBlock to skip to the next block.
6025 CurInstIterator = StartBlock->end();
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00006026 return true;
6027}
6028
Benjamin Kramer573ff362014-03-01 17:24:40 +00006029static bool isBroadcastShuffle(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) {
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006030 SmallVector<int, 16> Mask(SVI->getShuffleMask());
6031 int SplatElem = -1;
6032 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Mask.size(); ++i) {
6033 if (SplatElem != -1 && Mask[i] != -1 && Mask[i] != SplatElem)
6034 return false;
6035 SplatElem = Mask[i];
6036 }
6037
6038 return true;
6039}
6040
6041/// Some targets have expensive vector shifts if the lanes aren't all the same
6042/// (e.g. x86 only introduced "vpsllvd" and friends with AVX2). In these cases
6043/// it's often worth sinking a shufflevector splat down to its use so that
6044/// codegen can spot all lanes are identical.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006045bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) {
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006046 BasicBlock *DefBB = SVI->getParent();
6047
6048 // Only do this xform if variable vector shifts are particularly expensive.
6049 if (!TLI || !TLI->isVectorShiftByScalarCheap(SVI->getType()))
6050 return false;
6051
6052 // We only expect better codegen by sinking a shuffle if we can recognise a
6053 // constant splat.
6054 if (!isBroadcastShuffle(SVI))
6055 return false;
6056
6057 // InsertedShuffles - Only insert a shuffle in each block once.
6058 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Instruction*> InsertedShuffles;
6059
6060 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00006061 for (User *U : SVI->users()) {
6062 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006063
6064 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00006065 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006066 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
6067
6068 // For now only apply this when the splat is used by a shift instruction.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00006069 if (!UI->isShift()) continue;
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006070
6071 // Everything checks out, sink the shuffle if the user's block doesn't
6072 // already have a copy.
6073 Instruction *&InsertedShuffle = InsertedShuffles[UserBB];
6074
6075 if (!InsertedShuffle) {
6076 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00006077 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
6078 InsertedShuffle =
6079 new ShuffleVectorInst(SVI->getOperand(0), SVI->getOperand(1),
6080 SVI->getOperand(2), "", &*InsertPt);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006081 }
6082
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00006083 UI->replaceUsesOfWith(SVI, InsertedShuffle);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006084 MadeChange = true;
6085 }
6086
6087 // If we removed all uses, nuke the shuffle.
6088 if (SVI->use_empty()) {
6089 SVI->eraseFromParent();
6090 MadeChange = true;
6091 }
6092
6093 return MadeChange;
6094}
6095
Florian Hahn3b251962019-02-05 10:27:40 +00006096bool CodeGenPrepare::tryToSinkFreeOperands(Instruction *I) {
6097 // If the operands of I can be folded into a target instruction together with
6098 // I, duplicate and sink them.
6099 SmallVector<Use *, 4> OpsToSink;
6100 if (!TLI || !TLI->shouldSinkOperands(I, OpsToSink))
6101 return false;
6102
6103 // OpsToSink can contain multiple uses in a use chain (e.g.
6104 // (%u1 with %u1 = shufflevector), (%u2 with %u2 = zext %u1)). The dominating
6105 // uses must come first, which means they are sunk first, temporarily creating
6106 // invalid IR. This will be fixed once their dominated users are sunk and
6107 // updated.
6108 BasicBlock *TargetBB = I->getParent();
6109 bool Changed = false;
6110 SmallVector<Use *, 4> ToReplace;
6111 for (Use *U : OpsToSink) {
6112 auto *UI = cast<Instruction>(U->get());
6113 if (UI->getParent() == TargetBB || isa<PHINode>(UI))
6114 continue;
6115 ToReplace.push_back(U);
6116 }
6117
6118 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> MaybeDead;
6119 for (Use *U : ToReplace) {
6120 auto *UI = cast<Instruction>(U->get());
6121 Instruction *NI = UI->clone();
6122 MaybeDead.insert(UI);
6123 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Sinking " << *UI << " to user " << *I << "\n");
6124 NI->insertBefore(I);
6125 InsertedInsts.insert(NI);
6126 U->set(NI);
6127 Changed = true;
6128 }
6129
6130 // Remove instructions that are dead after sinking.
6131 for (auto *I : MaybeDead)
6132 if (!I->hasNUsesOrMore(1))
6133 I->eraseFromParent();
6134
6135 return Changed;
6136}
6137
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00006138bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeSwitchInst(SwitchInst *SI) {
6139 if (!TLI || !DL)
6140 return false;
6141
6142 Value *Cond = SI->getCondition();
6143 Type *OldType = Cond->getType();
6144 LLVMContext &Context = Cond->getContext();
6145 MVT RegType = TLI->getRegisterType(Context, TLI->getValueType(*DL, OldType));
6146 unsigned RegWidth = RegType.getSizeInBits();
6147
6148 if (RegWidth <= cast<IntegerType>(OldType)->getBitWidth())
6149 return false;
6150
6151 // If the register width is greater than the type width, expand the condition
6152 // of the switch instruction and each case constant to the width of the
6153 // register. By widening the type of the switch condition, subsequent
6154 // comparisons (for case comparisons) will not need to be extended to the
6155 // preferred register width, so we will potentially eliminate N-1 extends,
6156 // where N is the number of cases in the switch.
6157 auto *NewType = Type::getIntNTy(Context, RegWidth);
6158
6159 // Zero-extend the switch condition and case constants unless the switch
6160 // condition is a function argument that is already being sign-extended.
6161 // In that case, we can avoid an unnecessary mask/extension by sign-extending
6162 // everything instead.
6163 Instruction::CastOps ExtType = Instruction::ZExt;
6164 if (auto *Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(Cond))
6165 if (Arg->hasSExtAttr())
6166 ExtType = Instruction::SExt;
6167
6168 auto *ExtInst = CastInst::Create(ExtType, Cond, NewType);
6169 ExtInst->insertBefore(SI);
Vedant Kumar47606862018-08-22 01:23:31 +00006170 ExtInst->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00006171 SI->setCondition(ExtInst);
Chandler Carruth927d8e62017-04-12 07:27:28 +00006172 for (auto Case : SI->cases()) {
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00006173 APInt NarrowConst = Case.getCaseValue()->getValue();
6174 APInt WideConst = (ExtType == Instruction::ZExt) ?
6175 NarrowConst.zext(RegWidth) : NarrowConst.sext(RegWidth);
6176 Case.setValue(ConstantInt::get(Context, WideConst));
6177 }
6178
6179 return true;
6180}
6181
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +00006182
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006183namespace {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006184
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006185/// Helper class to promote a scalar operation to a vector one.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006186/// This class is used to move downward extractelement transition.
6187/// E.g.,
6188/// a = vector_op <2 x i32>
6189/// b = extractelement <2 x i32> a, i32 0
6190/// c = scalar_op b
6191/// store c
6192///
6193/// =>
6194/// a = vector_op <2 x i32>
6195/// c = vector_op a (equivalent to scalar_op on the related lane)
6196/// * d = extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 0
6197/// * store d
6198/// Assuming both extractelement and store can be combine, we get rid of the
6199/// transition.
6200class VectorPromoteHelper {
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006201 /// DataLayout associated with the current module.
6202 const DataLayout &DL;
6203
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006204 /// Used to perform some checks on the legality of vector operations.
6205 const TargetLowering &TLI;
6206
6207 /// Used to estimated the cost of the promoted chain.
6208 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI;
6209
6210 /// The transition being moved downwards.
6211 Instruction *Transition;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006212
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006213 /// The sequence of instructions to be promoted.
6214 SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> InstsToBePromoted;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006215
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006216 /// Cost of combining a store and an extract.
6217 unsigned StoreExtractCombineCost;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006218
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006219 /// Instruction that will be combined with the transition.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006220 Instruction *CombineInst = nullptr;
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006221
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006222 /// The instruction that represents the current end of the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006223 /// Since we are faking the promotion until we reach the end of the chain
6224 /// of computation, we need a way to get the current end of the transition.
6225 Instruction *getEndOfTransition() const {
6226 if (InstsToBePromoted.empty())
6227 return Transition;
6228 return InstsToBePromoted.back();
6229 }
6230
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006231 /// Return the index of the original value in the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006232 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 1" the original value,
6233 /// c, is at index 0.
6234 unsigned getTransitionOriginalValueIdx() const {
6235 assert(isa<ExtractElementInst>(Transition) &&
6236 "Other kind of transitions are not supported yet");
6237 return 0;
6238 }
6239
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006240 /// Return the index of the index in the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006241 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 0" the index
6242 /// is at index 1.
6243 unsigned getTransitionIdx() const {
6244 assert(isa<ExtractElementInst>(Transition) &&
6245 "Other kind of transitions are not supported yet");
6246 return 1;
6247 }
6248
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006249 /// Get the type of the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006250 /// This is the type of the original value.
6251 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 1" the type of the
6252 /// transition is <2 x i32>.
6253 Type *getTransitionType() const {
6254 return Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx())->getType();
6255 }
6256
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006257 /// Promote \p ToBePromoted by moving \p Def downward through.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006258 /// I.e., we have the following sequence:
6259 /// Def = Transition <ty1> a to <ty2>
6260 /// b = ToBePromoted <ty2> Def, ...
6261 /// =>
6262 /// b = ToBePromoted <ty1> a, ...
6263 /// Def = Transition <ty1> ToBePromoted to <ty2>
6264 void promoteImpl(Instruction *ToBePromoted);
6265
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006266 /// Check whether or not it is profitable to promote all the
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006267 /// instructions enqueued to be promoted.
6268 bool isProfitableToPromote() {
6269 Value *ValIdx = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx());
6270 unsigned Index = isa<ConstantInt>(ValIdx)
6271 ? cast<ConstantInt>(ValIdx)->getZExtValue()
6272 : -1;
6273 Type *PromotedType = getTransitionType();
6274
6275 StoreInst *ST = cast<StoreInst>(CombineInst);
6276 unsigned AS = ST->getPointerAddressSpace();
6277 unsigned Align = ST->getAlignment();
6278 // Check if this store is supported.
6279 if (!TLI.allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006280 TLI.getValueType(DL, ST->getValueOperand()->getType()), AS,
6281 Align)) {
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006282 // If this is not supported, there is no way we can combine
6283 // the extract with the store.
6284 return false;
6285 }
6286
6287 // The scalar chain of computation has to pay for the transition
6288 // scalar to vector.
6289 // The vector chain has to account for the combining cost.
6290 uint64_t ScalarCost =
6291 TTI.getVectorInstrCost(Transition->getOpcode(), PromotedType, Index);
6292 uint64_t VectorCost = StoreExtractCombineCost;
6293 for (const auto &Inst : InstsToBePromoted) {
6294 // Compute the cost.
6295 // By construction, all instructions being promoted are arithmetic ones.
6296 // Moreover, one argument is a constant that can be viewed as a splat
6297 // constant.
6298 Value *Arg0 = Inst->getOperand(0);
6299 bool IsArg0Constant = isa<UndefValue>(Arg0) || isa<ConstantInt>(Arg0) ||
6300 isa<ConstantFP>(Arg0);
6301 TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueKind Arg0OVK =
6302 IsArg0Constant ? TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue
6303 : TargetTransformInfo::OK_AnyValue;
6304 TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueKind Arg1OVK =
6305 !IsArg0Constant ? TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue
6306 : TargetTransformInfo::OK_AnyValue;
6307 ScalarCost += TTI.getArithmeticInstrCost(
6308 Inst->getOpcode(), Inst->getType(), Arg0OVK, Arg1OVK);
6309 VectorCost += TTI.getArithmeticInstrCost(Inst->getOpcode(), PromotedType,
6310 Arg0OVK, Arg1OVK);
6311 }
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006312 LLVM_DEBUG(
6313 dbgs() << "Estimated cost of computation to be promoted:\nScalar: "
6314 << ScalarCost << "\nVector: " << VectorCost << '\n');
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006315 return ScalarCost > VectorCost;
6316 }
6317
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006318 /// Generate a constant vector with \p Val with the same
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006319 /// number of elements as the transition.
6320 /// \p UseSplat defines whether or not \p Val should be replicated
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00006321 /// across the whole vector.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006322 /// In other words, if UseSplat == true, we generate <Val, Val, ..., Val>,
6323 /// otherwise we generate a vector with as many undef as possible:
6324 /// <undef, ..., undef, Val, undef, ..., undef> where \p Val is only
6325 /// used at the index of the extract.
6326 Value *getConstantVector(Constant *Val, bool UseSplat) const {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006327 unsigned ExtractIdx = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max();
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006328 if (!UseSplat) {
6329 // If we cannot determine where the constant must be, we have to
6330 // use a splat constant.
6331 Value *ValExtractIdx = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionIdx());
6332 if (ConstantInt *CstVal = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ValExtractIdx))
6333 ExtractIdx = CstVal->getSExtValue();
6334 else
6335 UseSplat = true;
6336 }
6337
6338 unsigned End = getTransitionType()->getVectorNumElements();
6339 if (UseSplat)
6340 return ConstantVector::getSplat(End, Val);
6341
6342 SmallVector<Constant *, 4> ConstVec;
6343 UndefValue *UndefVal = UndefValue::get(Val->getType());
6344 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx != End; ++Idx) {
6345 if (Idx == ExtractIdx)
6346 ConstVec.push_back(Val);
6347 else
6348 ConstVec.push_back(UndefVal);
6349 }
6350 return ConstantVector::get(ConstVec);
6351 }
6352
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006353 /// Check if promoting to a vector type an operand at \p OperandIdx
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006354 /// in \p Use can trigger undefined behavior.
6355 static bool canCauseUndefinedBehavior(const Instruction *Use,
6356 unsigned OperandIdx) {
6357 // This is not safe to introduce undef when the operand is on
6358 // the right hand side of a division-like instruction.
6359 if (OperandIdx != 1)
6360 return false;
6361 switch (Use->getOpcode()) {
6362 default:
6363 return false;
6364 case Instruction::SDiv:
6365 case Instruction::UDiv:
6366 case Instruction::SRem:
6367 case Instruction::URem:
6368 return true;
6369 case Instruction::FDiv:
6370 case Instruction::FRem:
6371 return !Use->hasNoNaNs();
6372 }
6373 llvm_unreachable(nullptr);
6374 }
6375
6376public:
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006377 VectorPromoteHelper(const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLowering &TLI,
6378 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI, Instruction *Transition,
6379 unsigned CombineCost)
6380 : DL(DL), TLI(TLI), TTI(TTI), Transition(Transition),
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006381 StoreExtractCombineCost(CombineCost) {
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006382 assert(Transition && "Do not know how to promote null");
6383 }
6384
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006385 /// Check if we can promote \p ToBePromoted to \p Type.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006386 bool canPromote(const Instruction *ToBePromoted) const {
6387 // We could support CastInst too.
6388 return isa<BinaryOperator>(ToBePromoted);
6389 }
6390
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006391 /// Check if it is profitable to promote \p ToBePromoted
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006392 /// by moving downward the transition through.
6393 bool shouldPromote(const Instruction *ToBePromoted) const {
6394 // Promote only if all the operands can be statically expanded.
6395 // Indeed, we do not want to introduce any new kind of transitions.
6396 for (const Use &U : ToBePromoted->operands()) {
6397 const Value *Val = U.get();
6398 if (Val == getEndOfTransition()) {
6399 // If the use is a division and the transition is on the rhs,
6400 // we cannot promote the operation, otherwise we may create a
6401 // division by zero.
6402 if (canCauseUndefinedBehavior(ToBePromoted, U.getOperandNo()))
6403 return false;
6404 continue;
6405 }
6406 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Val) && !isa<UndefValue>(Val) &&
6407 !isa<ConstantFP>(Val))
6408 return false;
6409 }
6410 // Check that the resulting operation is legal.
6411 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(ToBePromoted->getOpcode());
6412 if (!ISDOpcode)
6413 return false;
6414 return StressStoreExtract ||
Ahmed Bougacha026600d2014-11-12 23:05:03 +00006415 TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006416 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, getTransitionType(), true));
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006417 }
6418
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006419 /// Check whether or not \p Use can be combined
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006420 /// with the transition.
6421 /// I.e., is it possible to do Use(Transition) => AnotherUse?
6422 bool canCombine(const Instruction *Use) { return isa<StoreInst>(Use); }
6423
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006424 /// Record \p ToBePromoted as part of the chain to be promoted.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006425 void enqueueForPromotion(Instruction *ToBePromoted) {
6426 InstsToBePromoted.push_back(ToBePromoted);
6427 }
6428
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006429 /// Set the instruction that will be combined with the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006430 void recordCombineInstruction(Instruction *ToBeCombined) {
6431 assert(canCombine(ToBeCombined) && "Unsupported instruction to combine");
6432 CombineInst = ToBeCombined;
6433 }
6434
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006435 /// Promote all the instructions enqueued for promotion if it is
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006436 /// is profitable.
6437 /// \return True if the promotion happened, false otherwise.
6438 bool promote() {
6439 // Check if there is something to promote.
6440 // Right now, if we do not have anything to combine with,
6441 // we assume the promotion is not profitable.
6442 if (InstsToBePromoted.empty() || !CombineInst)
6443 return false;
6444
6445 // Check cost.
6446 if (!StressStoreExtract && !isProfitableToPromote())
6447 return false;
6448
6449 // Promote.
6450 for (auto &ToBePromoted : InstsToBePromoted)
6451 promoteImpl(ToBePromoted);
6452 InstsToBePromoted.clear();
6453 return true;
6454 }
6455};
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006456
6457} // end anonymous namespace
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006458
6459void VectorPromoteHelper::promoteImpl(Instruction *ToBePromoted) {
6460 // At this point, we know that all the operands of ToBePromoted but Def
6461 // can be statically promoted.
6462 // For Def, we need to use its parameter in ToBePromoted:
6463 // b = ToBePromoted ty1 a
6464 // Def = Transition ty1 b to ty2
6465 // Move the transition down.
6466 // 1. Replace all uses of the promoted operation by the transition.
6467 // = ... b => = ... Def.
6468 assert(ToBePromoted->getType() == Transition->getType() &&
6469 "The type of the result of the transition does not match "
6470 "the final type");
6471 ToBePromoted->replaceAllUsesWith(Transition);
6472 // 2. Update the type of the uses.
6473 // b = ToBePromoted ty2 Def => b = ToBePromoted ty1 Def.
6474 Type *TransitionTy = getTransitionType();
6475 ToBePromoted->mutateType(TransitionTy);
6476 // 3. Update all the operands of the promoted operation with promoted
6477 // operands.
6478 // b = ToBePromoted ty1 Def => b = ToBePromoted ty1 a.
6479 for (Use &U : ToBePromoted->operands()) {
6480 Value *Val = U.get();
6481 Value *NewVal = nullptr;
6482 if (Val == Transition)
6483 NewVal = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx());
6484 else if (isa<UndefValue>(Val) || isa<ConstantInt>(Val) ||
6485 isa<ConstantFP>(Val)) {
6486 // Use a splat constant if it is not safe to use undef.
6487 NewVal = getConstantVector(
6488 cast<Constant>(Val),
6489 isa<UndefValue>(Val) ||
6490 canCauseUndefinedBehavior(ToBePromoted, U.getOperandNo()));
6491 } else
Craig Topperd3c02f12015-01-05 10:15:49 +00006492 llvm_unreachable("Did you modified shouldPromote and forgot to update "
6493 "this?");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006494 ToBePromoted->setOperand(U.getOperandNo(), NewVal);
6495 }
Sanjay Patel674d2c22017-08-29 14:07:48 +00006496 Transition->moveAfter(ToBePromoted);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006497 Transition->setOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx(), ToBePromoted);
6498}
6499
6500/// Some targets can do store(extractelement) with one instruction.
6501/// Try to push the extractelement towards the stores when the target
6502/// has this feature and this is profitable.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006503bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExtractElementInst(Instruction *Inst) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006504 unsigned CombineCost = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max();
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006505 if (DisableStoreExtract || !TLI ||
6506 (!StressStoreExtract &&
6507 !TLI->canCombineStoreAndExtract(Inst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
6508 Inst->getOperand(1), CombineCost)))
6509 return false;
6510
6511 // At this point we know that Inst is a vector to scalar transition.
6512 // Try to move it down the def-use chain, until:
6513 // - We can combine the transition with its single use
6514 // => we got rid of the transition.
6515 // - We escape the current basic block
6516 // => we would need to check that we are moving it at a cheaper place and
6517 // we do not do that for now.
6518 BasicBlock *Parent = Inst->getParent();
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006519 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found an interesting transition: " << *Inst << '\n');
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006520 VectorPromoteHelper VPH(*DL, *TLI, *TTI, Inst, CombineCost);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006521 // If the transition has more than one use, assume this is not going to be
6522 // beneficial.
6523 while (Inst->hasOneUse()) {
6524 Instruction *ToBePromoted = cast<Instruction>(*Inst->user_begin());
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006525 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Use: " << *ToBePromoted << '\n');
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006526
6527 if (ToBePromoted->getParent() != Parent) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006528 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Instruction to promote is in a different block ("
6529 << ToBePromoted->getParent()->getName()
6530 << ") than the transition (" << Parent->getName()
6531 << ").\n");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006532 return false;
6533 }
6534
6535 if (VPH.canCombine(ToBePromoted)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006536 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Assume " << *Inst << '\n'
6537 << "will be combined with: " << *ToBePromoted << '\n');
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006538 VPH.recordCombineInstruction(ToBePromoted);
6539 bool Changed = VPH.promote();
6540 NumStoreExtractExposed += Changed;
6541 return Changed;
6542 }
6543
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006544 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Try promoting.\n");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006545 if (!VPH.canPromote(ToBePromoted) || !VPH.shouldPromote(ToBePromoted))
6546 return false;
6547
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006548 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting is possible... Enqueue for promotion!\n");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006549
6550 VPH.enqueueForPromotion(ToBePromoted);
6551 Inst = ToBePromoted;
6552 }
6553 return false;
6554}
6555
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006556/// For the instruction sequence of store below, F and I values
6557/// are bundled together as an i64 value before being stored into memory.
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00006558/// Sometimes it is more efficient to generate separate stores for F and I,
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006559/// which can remove the bitwise instructions or sink them to colder places.
6560///
6561/// (store (or (zext (bitcast F to i32) to i64),
6562/// (shl (zext I to i64), 32)), addr) -->
6563/// (store F, addr) and (store I, addr+4)
6564///
6565/// Similarly, splitting for other merged store can also be beneficial, like:
6566/// For pair of {i32, i32}, i64 store --> two i32 stores.
6567/// For pair of {i32, i16}, i64 store --> two i32 stores.
6568/// For pair of {i16, i16}, i32 store --> two i16 stores.
6569/// For pair of {i16, i8}, i32 store --> two i16 stores.
6570/// For pair of {i8, i8}, i16 store --> two i8 stores.
6571///
6572/// We allow each target to determine specifically which kind of splitting is
6573/// supported.
6574///
6575/// The store patterns are commonly seen from the simple code snippet below
6576/// if only std::make_pair(...) is sroa transformed before inlined into hoo.
6577/// void goo(const std::pair<int, float> &);
6578/// hoo() {
6579/// ...
6580/// goo(std::make_pair(tmp, ftmp));
6581/// ...
6582/// }
6583///
6584/// Although we already have similar splitting in DAG Combine, we duplicate
6585/// it in CodeGenPrepare to catch the case in which pattern is across
6586/// multiple BBs. The logic in DAG Combine is kept to catch case generated
6587/// during code expansion.
6588static bool splitMergedValStore(StoreInst &SI, const DataLayout &DL,
6589 const TargetLowering &TLI) {
6590 // Handle simple but common cases only.
6591 Type *StoreType = SI.getValueOperand()->getType();
6592 if (DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(StoreType) != DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoreType) ||
6593 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoreType) == 0)
6594 return false;
6595
6596 unsigned HalfValBitSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoreType) / 2;
6597 Type *SplitStoreType = Type::getIntNTy(SI.getContext(), HalfValBitSize);
6598 if (DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(SplitStoreType) !=
6599 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(SplitStoreType))
6600 return false;
6601
6602 // Match the following patterns:
6603 // (store (or (zext LValue to i64),
6604 // (shl (zext HValue to i64), 32)), HalfValBitSize)
6605 // or
6606 // (store (or (shl (zext HValue to i64), 32)), HalfValBitSize)
6607 // (zext LValue to i64),
6608 // Expect both operands of OR and the first operand of SHL have only
6609 // one use.
6610 Value *LValue, *HValue;
6611 if (!match(SI.getValueOperand(),
6612 m_c_Or(m_OneUse(m_ZExt(m_Value(LValue))),
6613 m_OneUse(m_Shl(m_OneUse(m_ZExt(m_Value(HValue))),
6614 m_SpecificInt(HalfValBitSize))))))
6615 return false;
6616
6617 // Check LValue and HValue are int with size less or equal than 32.
6618 if (!LValue->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
6619 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LValue->getType()) > HalfValBitSize ||
6620 !HValue->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
6621 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(HValue->getType()) > HalfValBitSize)
6622 return false;
6623
6624 // If LValue/HValue is a bitcast instruction, use the EVT before bitcast
6625 // as the input of target query.
6626 auto *LBC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(LValue);
6627 auto *HBC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(HValue);
6628 EVT LowTy = LBC ? EVT::getEVT(LBC->getOperand(0)->getType())
6629 : EVT::getEVT(LValue->getType());
6630 EVT HighTy = HBC ? EVT::getEVT(HBC->getOperand(0)->getType())
6631 : EVT::getEVT(HValue->getType());
6632 if (!ForceSplitStore && !TLI.isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(LowTy, HighTy))
6633 return false;
6634
6635 // Start to split store.
6636 IRBuilder<> Builder(SI.getContext());
6637 Builder.SetInsertPoint(&SI);
6638
6639 // If LValue/HValue is a bitcast in another BB, create a new one in current
6640 // BB so it may be merged with the splitted stores by dag combiner.
6641 if (LBC && LBC->getParent() != SI.getParent())
6642 LValue = Builder.CreateBitCast(LBC->getOperand(0), LBC->getType());
6643 if (HBC && HBC->getParent() != SI.getParent())
6644 HValue = Builder.CreateBitCast(HBC->getOperand(0), HBC->getType());
6645
Jonas Paulsson5612bb22018-03-13 08:36:20 +00006646 bool IsLE = SI.getModule()->getDataLayout().isLittleEndian();
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006647 auto CreateSplitStore = [&](Value *V, bool Upper) {
6648 V = Builder.CreateZExtOrBitCast(V, SplitStoreType);
6649 Value *Addr = Builder.CreateBitCast(
6650 SI.getOperand(1),
6651 SplitStoreType->getPointerTo(SI.getPointerAddressSpace()));
Jonas Paulsson5612bb22018-03-13 08:36:20 +00006652 if ((IsLE && Upper) || (!IsLE && !Upper))
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006653 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(
6654 SplitStoreType, Addr,
6655 ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(SI.getContext()), 1));
6656 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(
6657 V, Addr, Upper ? SI.getAlignment() / 2 : SI.getAlignment());
6658 };
6659
6660 CreateSplitStore(LValue, false);
6661 CreateSplitStore(HValue, true);
6662
6663 // Delete the old store.
6664 SI.eraseFromParent();
6665 return true;
6666}
6667
Hiroshi Yamauchi93644322017-09-11 17:52:08 +00006668// Return true if the GEP has two operands, the first operand is of a sequential
6669// type, and the second operand is a constant.
6670static bool GEPSequentialConstIndexed(GetElementPtrInst *GEP) {
6671 gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*GEP);
6672 return GEP->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
6673 I.isSequential() &&
6674 isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(1));
6675}
6676
6677// Try unmerging GEPs to reduce liveness interference (register pressure) across
6678// IndirectBr edges. Since IndirectBr edges tend to touch on many blocks,
6679// reducing liveness interference across those edges benefits global register
6680// allocation. Currently handles only certain cases.
6681//
6682// For example, unmerge %GEPI and %UGEPI as below.
6683//
6684// ---------- BEFORE ----------
6685// SrcBlock:
6686// ...
6687// %GEPIOp = ...
6688// ...
6689// %GEPI = gep %GEPIOp, Idx
6690// ...
6691// indirectbr ... [ label %DstB0, label %DstB1, ... label %DstBi ... ]
6692// (* %GEPI is alive on the indirectbr edges due to other uses ahead)
6693// (* %GEPIOp is alive on the indirectbr edges only because of it's used by
6694// %UGEPI)
6695//
6696// DstB0: ... (there may be a gep similar to %UGEPI to be unmerged)
6697// DstB1: ... (there may be a gep similar to %UGEPI to be unmerged)
6698// ...
6699//
6700// DstBi:
6701// ...
6702// %UGEPI = gep %GEPIOp, UIdx
6703// ...
6704// ---------------------------
6705//
6706// ---------- AFTER ----------
6707// SrcBlock:
6708// ... (same as above)
6709// (* %GEPI is still alive on the indirectbr edges)
6710// (* %GEPIOp is no longer alive on the indirectbr edges as a result of the
6711// unmerging)
6712// ...
6713//
6714// DstBi:
6715// ...
6716// %UGEPI = gep %GEPI, (UIdx-Idx)
6717// ...
6718// ---------------------------
6719//
6720// The register pressure on the IndirectBr edges is reduced because %GEPIOp is
6721// no longer alive on them.
6722//
6723// We try to unmerge GEPs here in CodGenPrepare, as opposed to limiting merging
6724// of GEPs in the first place in InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst() so as
6725// not to disable further simplications and optimizations as a result of GEP
6726// merging.
6727//
6728// Note this unmerging may increase the length of the data flow critical path
6729// (the path from %GEPIOp to %UGEPI would go through %GEPI), which is a tradeoff
6730// between the register pressure and the length of data-flow critical
6731// path. Restricting this to the uncommon IndirectBr case would minimize the
6732// impact of potentially longer critical path, if any, and the impact on compile
6733// time.
6734static bool tryUnmergingGEPsAcrossIndirectBr(GetElementPtrInst *GEPI,
6735 const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) {
6736 BasicBlock *SrcBlock = GEPI->getParent();
6737 // Check that SrcBlock ends with an IndirectBr. If not, give up. The common
6738 // (non-IndirectBr) cases exit early here.
6739 if (!isa<IndirectBrInst>(SrcBlock->getTerminator()))
6740 return false;
6741 // Check that GEPI is a simple gep with a single constant index.
6742 if (!GEPSequentialConstIndexed(GEPI))
6743 return false;
6744 ConstantInt *GEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(GEPI->getOperand(1));
6745 // Check that GEPI is a cheap one.
6746 if (TTI->getIntImmCost(GEPIIdx->getValue(), GEPIIdx->getType())
6747 > TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Basic)
6748 return false;
6749 Value *GEPIOp = GEPI->getOperand(0);
6750 // Check that GEPIOp is an instruction that's also defined in SrcBlock.
6751 if (!isa<Instruction>(GEPIOp))
6752 return false;
6753 auto *GEPIOpI = cast<Instruction>(GEPIOp);
6754 if (GEPIOpI->getParent() != SrcBlock)
6755 return false;
6756 // Check that GEP is used outside the block, meaning it's alive on the
6757 // IndirectBr edge(s).
6758 if (find_if(GEPI->users(), [&](User *Usr) {
6759 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Usr)) {
6760 if (I->getParent() != SrcBlock) {
6761 return true;
6762 }
6763 }
6764 return false;
6765 }) == GEPI->users().end())
6766 return false;
6767 // The second elements of the GEP chains to be unmerged.
6768 std::vector<GetElementPtrInst *> UGEPIs;
6769 // Check each user of GEPIOp to check if unmerging would make GEPIOp not alive
6770 // on IndirectBr edges.
6771 for (User *Usr : GEPIOp->users()) {
6772 if (Usr == GEPI) continue;
6773 // Check if Usr is an Instruction. If not, give up.
6774 if (!isa<Instruction>(Usr))
6775 return false;
6776 auto *UI = cast<Instruction>(Usr);
6777 // Check if Usr in the same block as GEPIOp, which is fine, skip.
6778 if (UI->getParent() == SrcBlock)
6779 continue;
6780 // Check if Usr is a GEP. If not, give up.
6781 if (!isa<GetElementPtrInst>(Usr))
6782 return false;
6783 auto *UGEPI = cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Usr);
6784 // Check if UGEPI is a simple gep with a single constant index and GEPIOp is
6785 // the pointer operand to it. If so, record it in the vector. If not, give
6786 // up.
6787 if (!GEPSequentialConstIndexed(UGEPI))
6788 return false;
6789 if (UGEPI->getOperand(0) != GEPIOp)
6790 return false;
6791 if (GEPIIdx->getType() !=
6792 cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1))->getType())
6793 return false;
6794 ConstantInt *UGEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1));
6795 if (TTI->getIntImmCost(UGEPIIdx->getValue(), UGEPIIdx->getType())
6796 > TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Basic)
6797 return false;
6798 UGEPIs.push_back(UGEPI);
6799 }
6800 if (UGEPIs.size() == 0)
6801 return false;
6802 // Check the materializing cost of (Uidx-Idx).
6803 for (GetElementPtrInst *UGEPI : UGEPIs) {
6804 ConstantInt *UGEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1));
6805 APInt NewIdx = UGEPIIdx->getValue() - GEPIIdx->getValue();
6806 unsigned ImmCost = TTI->getIntImmCost(NewIdx, GEPIIdx->getType());
6807 if (ImmCost > TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Basic)
6808 return false;
6809 }
6810 // Now unmerge between GEPI and UGEPIs.
6811 for (GetElementPtrInst *UGEPI : UGEPIs) {
6812 UGEPI->setOperand(0, GEPI);
6813 ConstantInt *UGEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1));
6814 Constant *NewUGEPIIdx =
6815 ConstantInt::get(GEPIIdx->getType(),
6816 UGEPIIdx->getValue() - GEPIIdx->getValue());
6817 UGEPI->setOperand(1, NewUGEPIIdx);
6818 // If GEPI is not inbounds but UGEPI is inbounds, change UGEPI to not
6819 // inbounds to avoid UB.
6820 if (!GEPI->isInBounds()) {
6821 UGEPI->setIsInBounds(false);
6822 }
6823 }
6824 // After unmerging, verify that GEPIOp is actually only used in SrcBlock (not
6825 // alive on IndirectBr edges).
6826 assert(find_if(GEPIOp->users(), [&](User *Usr) {
6827 return cast<Instruction>(Usr)->getParent() != SrcBlock;
6828 }) == GEPIOp->users().end() && "GEPIOp is used outside SrcBlock");
6829 return true;
6830}
6831
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +00006832bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeInst(Instruction *I, DominatorTree &DT,
6833 bool &ModifiedDT) {
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00006834 // Bail out if we inserted the instruction to prevent optimizations from
6835 // stepping on each other's toes.
6836 if (InsertedInsts.count(I))
6837 return false;
6838
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006839 if (PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
6840 // It is possible for very late stage optimizations (such as SimplifyCFG)
6841 // to introduce PHI nodes too late to be cleaned up. If we detect such a
6842 // trivial PHI, go ahead and zap it here.
Daniel Berlin4d0fe642017-04-28 19:55:38 +00006843 if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(P, {*DL, TLInfo})) {
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006844 P->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
6845 P->eraseFromParent();
6846 ++NumPHIsElim;
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006847 return true;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006848 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006849 return false;
6850 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006851
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006852 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I)) {
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006853 // If the source of the cast is a constant, then this should have
6854 // already been constant folded. The only reason NOT to constant fold
6855 // it is if something (e.g. LSR) was careful to place the constant
6856 // evaluation in a block other than then one that uses it (e.g. to hoist
6857 // the address of globals out of a loop). If this is the case, we don't
6858 // want to forward-subst the cast.
6859 if (isa<Constant>(CI->getOperand(0)))
6860 return false;
6861
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006862 if (TLI && OptimizeNoopCopyExpression(CI, *TLI, *DL))
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006863 return true;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006864
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006865 if (isa<ZExtInst>(I) || isa<SExtInst>(I)) {
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00006866 /// Sink a zext or sext into its user blocks if the target type doesn't
6867 /// fit in one register
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006868 if (TLI &&
6869 TLI->getTypeAction(CI->getContext(),
6870 TLI->getValueType(*DL, CI->getType())) ==
6871 TargetLowering::TypeExpandInteger) {
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00006872 return SinkCast(CI);
6873 } else {
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00006874 bool MadeChange = optimizeExt(I);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006875 return MadeChange | optimizeExtUses(I);
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00006876 }
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006877 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006878 return false;
6879 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006880
Sanjay Pateld8b4efc2019-02-18 23:33:05 +00006881 if (auto *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +00006882 if (TLI && optimizeCmp(Cmp, *TLI, *DL, DT, ModifiedDT))
Sanjay Patel00fcc742019-02-03 13:48:03 +00006883 return true;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006884
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006885 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
Sanjoy Das00757272016-12-16 20:29:39 +00006886 LI->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_group, nullptr);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006887 if (TLI) {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00006888 bool Modified = optimizeLoadExt(LI);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006889 unsigned AS = LI->getPointerAddressSpace();
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00006890 Modified |= optimizeMemoryInst(I, I->getOperand(0), LI->getType(), AS);
6891 return Modified;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006892 }
Hans Wennborgf3254832012-10-30 11:23:25 +00006893 return false;
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006894 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006895
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006896 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006897 if (TLI && splitMergedValStore(*SI, *DL, *TLI))
6898 return true;
Sanjoy Das00757272016-12-16 20:29:39 +00006899 SI->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_group, nullptr);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006900 if (TLI) {
6901 unsigned AS = SI->getPointerAddressSpace();
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006902 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, SI->getOperand(1),
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006903 SI->getOperand(0)->getType(), AS);
6904 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006905 return false;
6906 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006907
Matt Arsenault02d915b2017-03-15 22:35:20 +00006908 if (AtomicRMWInst *RMW = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)) {
6909 unsigned AS = RMW->getPointerAddressSpace();
6910 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, RMW->getPointerOperand(),
6911 RMW->getType(), AS);
6912 }
6913
6914 if (AtomicCmpXchgInst *CmpX = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)) {
6915 unsigned AS = CmpX->getPointerAddressSpace();
6916 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, CmpX->getPointerOperand(),
6917 CmpX->getCompareOperand()->getType(), AS);
6918 }
6919
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00006920 BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I);
6921
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00006922 if (BinOp && (BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) &&
6923 EnableAndCmpSinking && TLI)
6924 return sinkAndCmp0Expression(BinOp, *TLI, InsertedInsts);
6925
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00006926 if (BinOp && (BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr ||
6927 BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr)) {
6928 ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BinOp->getOperand(1));
6929 if (TLI && CI && TLI->hasExtractBitsInsn())
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006930 return OptimizeExtractBits(BinOp, CI, *TLI, *DL);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00006931
6932 return false;
6933 }
6934
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006935 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
Cameron Zwarichd28c78e2011-01-06 02:44:52 +00006936 if (GEPI->hasAllZeroIndices()) {
6937 /// The GEP operand must be a pointer, so must its result -> BitCast
6938 Instruction *NC = new BitCastInst(GEPI->getOperand(0), GEPI->getType(),
6939 GEPI->getName(), GEPI);
Vedant Kumar40399a22018-05-24 23:00:21 +00006940 NC->setDebugLoc(GEPI->getDebugLoc());
Cameron Zwarichd28c78e2011-01-06 02:44:52 +00006941 GEPI->replaceAllUsesWith(NC);
6942 GEPI->eraseFromParent();
6943 ++NumGEPsElim;
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +00006944 optimizeInst(NC, DT, ModifiedDT);
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006945 return true;
Cameron Zwarichd28c78e2011-01-06 02:44:52 +00006946 }
Hiroshi Yamauchi93644322017-09-11 17:52:08 +00006947 if (tryUnmergingGEPsAcrossIndirectBr(GEPI, TTI)) {
6948 return true;
6949 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006950 return false;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006951 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006952
Florian Hahn3b251962019-02-05 10:27:40 +00006953 if (tryToSinkFreeOperands(I))
6954 return true;
6955
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006956 if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006957 return optimizeCallInst(CI, ModifiedDT);
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006958
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00006959 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006960 return optimizeSelectInst(SI);
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00006961
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006962 if (ShuffleVectorInst *SVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006963 return optimizeShuffleVectorInst(SVI);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006964
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00006965 if (auto *Switch = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(I))
6966 return optimizeSwitchInst(Switch);
6967
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006968 if (isa<ExtractElementInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006969 return optimizeExtractElementInst(I);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006970
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006971 return false;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006972}
6973
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006974/// Given an OR instruction, check to see if this is a bitreverse
6975/// idiom. If so, insert the new intrinsic and return true.
6976static bool makeBitReverse(Instruction &I, const DataLayout &DL,
6977 const TargetLowering &TLI) {
6978 if (!I.getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
6979 !TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::BITREVERSE,
6980 TLI.getValueType(DL, I.getType(), true)))
6981 return false;
6982
6983 SmallVector<Instruction*, 4> Insts;
Chad Rosiera00df492016-05-25 16:22:14 +00006984 if (!recognizeBSwapOrBitReverseIdiom(&I, false, true, Insts))
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006985 return false;
6986 Instruction *LastInst = Insts.back();
6987 I.replaceAllUsesWith(LastInst);
6988 RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions(&I);
6989 return true;
6990}
6991
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00006992// In this pass we look for GEP and cast instructions that are used
6993// across basic blocks and rewrite them to improve basic-block-at-a-time
6994// selection.
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +00006995bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeBlock(BasicBlock &BB, DominatorTree &DT,
6996 bool &ModifiedDT) {
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +00006997 SunkAddrs.clear();
Cameron Zwarich5dd2aa22011-03-02 03:31:46 +00006998 bool MadeChange = false;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00006999
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00007000 CurInstIterator = BB.begin();
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00007001 while (CurInstIterator != BB.end()) {
Teresa Johnsonb1daf0a2019-03-06 14:57:40 +00007002 MadeChange |= optimizeInst(&*CurInstIterator++, DT, ModifiedDT);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00007003 if (ModifiedDT)
7004 return true;
7005 }
Benjamin Kramer455fa352012-11-23 19:17:06 +00007006
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00007007 bool MadeBitReverse = true;
7008 while (TLI && MadeBitReverse) {
7009 MadeBitReverse = false;
7010 for (auto &I : reverse(BB)) {
7011 if (makeBitReverse(I, *DL, *TLI)) {
7012 MadeBitReverse = MadeChange = true;
George Burgess IVd4febd12016-03-22 21:25:08 +00007013 ModifiedDT = true;
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00007014 break;
7015 }
7016 }
7017 }
James Molloy3ef84c42016-01-15 10:36:01 +00007018 MadeChange |= dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(&BB);
Junmo Park7d6c5f12016-01-28 09:42:39 +00007019
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00007020 return MadeChange;
7021}
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00007022
7023// llvm.dbg.value is far away from the value then iSel may not be able
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00007024// handle it properly. iSel will drop llvm.dbg.value if it can not
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00007025// find a node corresponding to the value.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00007026bool CodeGenPrepare::placeDbgValues(Function &F) {
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00007027 bool MadeChange = false;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +00007028 for (BasicBlock &BB : F) {
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00007029 Instruction *PrevNonDbgInst = nullptr;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +00007030 for (BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB.begin(), BE = BB.end(); BI != BE;) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00007031 Instruction *Insn = &*BI++;
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00007032 DbgValueInst *DVI = dyn_cast<DbgValueInst>(Insn);
Adrian Prantl32da8892014-04-25 20:49:25 +00007033 // Leave dbg.values that refer to an alloca alone. These
Craig Topper87e715f2017-11-07 20:56:17 +00007034 // intrinsics describe the address of a variable (= the alloca)
Adrian Prantl32da8892014-04-25 20:49:25 +00007035 // being taken. They should not be moved next to the alloca
7036 // (and to the beginning of the scope), but rather stay close to
7037 // where said address is used.
7038 if (!DVI || (DVI->getValue() && isa<AllocaInst>(DVI->getValue()))) {
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00007039 PrevNonDbgInst = Insn;
7040 continue;
7041 }
7042
7043 Instruction *VI = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(DVI->getValue());
7044 if (VI && VI != PrevNonDbgInst && !VI->isTerminator()) {
Reid Kleckner8de1fe22015-12-08 23:00:03 +00007045 // If VI is a phi in a block with an EHPad terminator, we can't insert
7046 // after it.
7047 if (isa<PHINode>(VI) && VI->getParent()->getTerminator()->isEHPad())
7048 continue;
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00007049 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Moving Debug Value before :\n"
7050 << *DVI << ' ' << *VI);
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00007051 DVI->removeFromParent();
Reid Klecknere18f92b2015-12-08 22:33:23 +00007052 if (isa<PHINode>(VI))
7053 DVI->insertBefore(&*VI->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
7054 else
7055 DVI->insertAfter(VI);
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00007056 MadeChange = true;
7057 ++NumDbgValueMoved;
7058 }
7059 }
7060 }
7061 return MadeChange;
7062}
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +00007063
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00007064/// Scale down both weights to fit into uint32_t.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007065static void scaleWeights(uint64_t &NewTrue, uint64_t &NewFalse) {
7066 uint64_t NewMax = (NewTrue > NewFalse) ? NewTrue : NewFalse;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00007067 uint32_t Scale = (NewMax / std::numeric_limits<uint32_t>::max()) + 1;
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007068 NewTrue = NewTrue / Scale;
7069 NewFalse = NewFalse / Scale;
7070}
7071
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00007072/// Some targets prefer to split a conditional branch like:
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007073/// \code
7074/// %0 = icmp ne i32 %a, 0
7075/// %1 = icmp ne i32 %b, 0
7076/// %or.cond = or i1 %0, %1
7077/// br i1 %or.cond, label %TrueBB, label %FalseBB
7078/// \endcode
7079/// into multiple branch instructions like:
7080/// \code
7081/// bb1:
7082/// %0 = icmp ne i32 %a, 0
7083/// br i1 %0, label %TrueBB, label %bb2
7084/// bb2:
7085/// %1 = icmp ne i32 %b, 0
7086/// br i1 %1, label %TrueBB, label %FalseBB
7087/// \endcode
7088/// This usually allows instruction selection to do even further optimizations
7089/// and combine the compare with the branch instruction. Currently this is
7090/// applied for targets which have "cheap" jump instructions.
7091///
7092/// FIXME: Remove the (equivalent?) implementation in SelectionDAG.
7093///
7094bool CodeGenPrepare::splitBranchCondition(Function &F) {
David Blaikiedc3f01e2015-03-09 01:57:13 +00007095 if (!TM || !TM->Options.EnableFastISel || !TLI || TLI->isJumpExpensive())
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007096 return false;
7097
7098 bool MadeChange = false;
7099 for (auto &BB : F) {
7100 // Does this BB end with the following?
7101 // %cond1 = icmp|fcmp|binary instruction ...
7102 // %cond2 = icmp|fcmp|binary instruction ...
7103 // %cond.or = or|and i1 %cond1, cond2
7104 // br i1 %cond.or label %dest1, label %dest2"
7105 BinaryOperator *LogicOp;
7106 BasicBlock *TBB, *FBB;
7107 if (!match(BB.getTerminator(), m_Br(m_OneUse(m_BinOp(LogicOp)), TBB, FBB)))
7108 continue;
7109
Sanjay Patel42574202015-09-02 19:23:23 +00007110 auto *Br1 = cast<BranchInst>(BB.getTerminator());
7111 if (Br1->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_unpredictable))
7112 continue;
7113
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007114 unsigned Opc;
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00007115 Value *Cond1, *Cond2;
7116 if (match(LogicOp, m_And(m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond1)),
7117 m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond2)))))
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007118 Opc = Instruction::And;
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00007119 else if (match(LogicOp, m_Or(m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond1)),
7120 m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond2)))))
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007121 Opc = Instruction::Or;
7122 else
7123 continue;
7124
7125 if (!match(Cond1, m_CombineOr(m_Cmp(), m_BinOp())) ||
7126 !match(Cond2, m_CombineOr(m_Cmp(), m_BinOp())) )
7127 continue;
7128
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00007129 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Before branch condition splitting\n"; BB.dump());
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007130
7131 // Create a new BB.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smitha848c472016-02-21 19:52:15 +00007132 auto TmpBB =
7133 BasicBlock::Create(BB.getContext(), BB.getName() + ".cond.split",
7134 BB.getParent(), BB.getNextNode());
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007135
7136 // Update original basic block by using the first condition directly by the
7137 // branch instruction and removing the no longer needed and/or instruction.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007138 Br1->setCondition(Cond1);
7139 LogicOp->eraseFromParent();
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00007140
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00007141 // Depending on the condition we have to either replace the true or the
7142 // false successor of the original branch instruction.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007143 if (Opc == Instruction::And)
7144 Br1->setSuccessor(0, TmpBB);
7145 else
7146 Br1->setSuccessor(1, TmpBB);
7147
7148 // Fill in the new basic block.
7149 auto *Br2 = IRBuilder<>(TmpBB).CreateCondBr(Cond2, TBB, FBB);
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00007150 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond2)) {
7151 I->removeFromParent();
7152 I->insertBefore(Br2);
7153 }
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007154
7155 // Update PHI nodes in both successors. The original BB needs to be
Hiroshi Inoue6a391bb2017-06-27 10:35:37 +00007156 // replaced in one successor's PHI nodes, because the branch comes now from
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007157 // the newly generated BB (NewBB). In the other successor we need to add one
7158 // incoming edge to the PHI nodes, because both branch instructions target
7159 // now the same successor. Depending on the original branch condition
7160 // (and/or) we have to swap the successors (TrueDest, FalseDest), so that
Simon Pilgrimf2fbf432016-11-20 13:47:59 +00007161 // we perform the correct update for the PHI nodes.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007162 // This doesn't change the successor order of the just created branch
7163 // instruction (or any other instruction).
7164 if (Opc == Instruction::Or)
7165 std::swap(TBB, FBB);
7166
7167 // Replace the old BB with the new BB.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +00007168 for (PHINode &PN : TBB->phis()) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007169 int i;
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +00007170 while ((i = PN.getBasicBlockIndex(&BB)) >= 0)
7171 PN.setIncomingBlock(i, TmpBB);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007172 }
7173
7174 // Add another incoming edge form the new BB.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +00007175 for (PHINode &PN : FBB->phis()) {
7176 auto *Val = PN.getIncomingValueForBlock(&BB);
7177 PN.addIncoming(Val, TmpBB);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007178 }
7179
7180 // Update the branch weights (from SelectionDAGBuilder::
7181 // FindMergedConditions).
7182 if (Opc == Instruction::Or) {
7183 // Codegen X | Y as:
7184 // BB1:
7185 // jmp_if_X TBB
7186 // jmp TmpBB
7187 // TmpBB:
7188 // jmp_if_Y TBB
7189 // jmp FBB
7190 //
7191
7192 // We have flexibility in setting Prob for BB1 and Prob for NewBB.
7193 // The requirement is that
7194 // TrueProb for BB1 + (FalseProb for BB1 * TrueProb for TmpBB)
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00007195 // = TrueProb for original BB.
7196 // Assuming the original weights are A and B, one choice is to set BB1's
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007197 // weights to A and A+2B, and set TmpBB's weights to A and 2B. This choice
7198 // assumes that
7199 // TrueProb for BB1 == FalseProb for BB1 * TrueProb for TmpBB.
7200 // Another choice is to assume TrueProb for BB1 equals to TrueProb for
7201 // TmpBB, but the math is more complicated.
7202 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
Sanjay Pateldc88bd62016-04-23 20:01:22 +00007203 if (Br1->extractProfMetadata(TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007204 uint64_t NewTrueWeight = TrueWeight;
7205 uint64_t NewFalseWeight = TrueWeight + 2 * FalseWeight;
7206 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
7207 Br1->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br1->getContext())
7208 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
7209
7210 NewTrueWeight = TrueWeight;
7211 NewFalseWeight = 2 * FalseWeight;
7212 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
7213 Br2->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br2->getContext())
7214 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
7215 }
7216 } else {
7217 // Codegen X & Y as:
7218 // BB1:
7219 // jmp_if_X TmpBB
7220 // jmp FBB
7221 // TmpBB:
7222 // jmp_if_Y TBB
7223 // jmp FBB
7224 //
7225 // This requires creation of TmpBB after CurBB.
7226
7227 // We have flexibility in setting Prob for BB1 and Prob for TmpBB.
7228 // The requirement is that
7229 // FalseProb for BB1 + (TrueProb for BB1 * FalseProb for TmpBB)
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00007230 // = FalseProb for original BB.
7231 // Assuming the original weights are A and B, one choice is to set BB1's
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007232 // weights to 2A+B and B, and set TmpBB's weights to 2A and B. This choice
7233 // assumes that
7234 // FalseProb for BB1 == TrueProb for BB1 * FalseProb for TmpBB.
7235 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
Sanjay Pateldc88bd62016-04-23 20:01:22 +00007236 if (Br1->extractProfMetadata(TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007237 uint64_t NewTrueWeight = 2 * TrueWeight + FalseWeight;
7238 uint64_t NewFalseWeight = FalseWeight;
7239 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
7240 Br1->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br1->getContext())
7241 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
7242
7243 NewTrueWeight = 2 * TrueWeight;
7244 NewFalseWeight = FalseWeight;
7245 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
7246 Br2->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br2->getContext())
7247 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
7248 }
7249 }
7250
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007251 // Note: No point in getting fancy here, since the DT info is never
Quentin Colombet7bdd50d2015-03-18 23:17:28 +00007252 // available to CodeGenPrepare.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007253 ModifiedDT = true;
7254
7255 MadeChange = true;
7256
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00007257 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "After branch condition splitting\n"; BB.dump();
7258 TmpBB->dump());
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00007259 }
7260 return MadeChange;
7261}